WO2022021167A1 - Resource allocation method and apparatus - Google Patents

Resource allocation method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022021167A1
WO2022021167A1 PCT/CN2020/105646 CN2020105646W WO2022021167A1 WO 2022021167 A1 WO2022021167 A1 WO 2022021167A1 CN 2020105646 W CN2020105646 W CN 2020105646W WO 2022021167 A1 WO2022021167 A1 WO 2022021167A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
link
subcarriers
subcarrier set
subcarrier
symbol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/105646
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵振山
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/105646 priority Critical patent/WO2022021167A1/en
Priority to CN202080100893.0A priority patent/CN115606284A/en
Publication of WO2022021167A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022021167A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a resource allocation method and apparatus.
  • different first communication devices may be divided into different communication groups or constitute different subsystems, and each subsystem may have a control node, which controls other first communication in the subsystem
  • the device for example, allocates transmission resources to other first communication devices, forwards data between the first communication devices, and the like.
  • Multiple subsystems usually use the same wireless transmission mode to communicate within the same carrier and bandwidth, and transmission of multiple subsystems or communication groups within the same carrier will cause serious interference. Therefore, how to avoid multiple subsystems or communication? Interference between groups is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a resource allocation method and apparatus.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation method, which is applied to a first communication device, and the method includes:
  • the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the first communication device obtains the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first set of subcarriers.
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the resource allocation of the first system is realized by determining the time-frequency resources available to the devices of the first system by the first communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation method, which is applied to a first control node, and the method includes:
  • the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the first control node acquires the location information of the first subcarrier set, and the first subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first subcarrier set.
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the resource allocation of the first system is realized by determining the time-frequency resources that can be used by the devices of the first system by the first control node.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation method, the method comprising:
  • the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the second control node sends first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to acquire the first subcarrier set location information, the first subcarrier set is used for communication of a first system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, the location information includes at least one of the following: the Time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the resource allocation in the first system is realized, and by uniformly allocating resources by the second control node, effective resource coordination of multiple systems on the same carrier can be realized , to avoid interference between multiple systems.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication system, where the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device;
  • the second control node is configured to acquire location information of a first subcarrier set and/or location information of a second subcarrier set, the first subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system, and the second subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system. aggregate for communication with the second system;
  • the first control node is configured to determine location information of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device; the second control node is configured to acquire location information and/or location information of the first set of subcarriers Location information of a second set of subcarriers, the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, and the second set of subcarriers is used for communication of the second system; the first control node is used to determine the Location information of the first set of subcarriers. .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation apparatus, which is applied to a first communication device, and the apparatus includes:
  • an obtaining unit configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • a determining unit configured to determine the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation apparatus, which is applied to a first control node, and the apparatus includes:
  • an obtaining unit configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • a determining unit configured to determine the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation apparatus, and the apparatus applied to the second control node includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first subcarrier set, the first subcarrier a carrier set is used for communication of a first system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device, where the first communication device includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, and the one or more programs are stored in the in a memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing some or all of the steps described in the method of the first aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first control node, where the first control node includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, and the one or more programs are stored in the in a memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing some or all of the steps described in the method of the second aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second control node, where the second control node includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, and the one or more programs are stored in the in a memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the program comprising for performing some or all of the steps described in the method described in the third aspect above
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect. some or all of the steps described in the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned second aspect some or all of the steps described in the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect some or all of the steps described in the method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the program as described in the present application. Part or all of the steps described in the method described in the first aspect of the embodiment.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the program as described in the present application. Part or all of the steps described in the method described in the second aspect of the embodiment.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the program as described in the present application. Part or all of the steps described in the method described in the third aspect of the embodiment.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • 1a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 1c is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a superframe and a radio frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6a is a schematic diagram of a set of subcarriers in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • 6b is a schematic diagram of another set of subcarriers in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6c is a schematic diagram of another set of subcarriers in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6d is a schematic diagram of a transmission direction of a subcarrier set in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6e is a schematic diagram of a method for generating an OFDM symbol sent on a Gap symbol provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource allocation apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a computer device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device After the first communication device is powered on, it receives the primary synchronization signal (PSS) at several center frequency points where there may be LTE cells, and judges whether there may be cells around the frequency points based on the received signal strength.
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • the first communication device stores the frequency and operator information when it was powered off last time, and then searches for the last cell it resided in after powering on; if not, it scans the entire frequency band within the frequency band allocated to the LTE system.
  • the first communication device detects the PSS around the center frequency point of the frequency band, and the PSS occupies 6 physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) of the center frequency band, and repeats with a period of 5ms.
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • the cell ID in the cell group can be obtained, and the time slot boundary of 5ms can be determined at the same time.
  • TDD Time-division Duplex
  • the first communication device will search for Secondary Synchronization Signals (SSS) forward on the basis of PSS. Only one SSS can determine the boundary of 10ms, which achieves the purpose of frame synchronization. Since the SSS signal carries the cell group ID, it can be combined with the PSS to obtain the physical layer ID (cell ID), and further obtain the configuration information of the downlink reference signal.
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signals
  • frequency synchronization can also be obtained by detecting PSS and SSS terminals. After obtaining frame synchronization, frequency synchronization and downlink reference signal configuration, the terminal further detects the downlink reference signal to obtain accurate time slot and frequency synchronization, and then reads the physical broadcast channel (PBCH) of the broadcast channel PBCH to obtain the system Frame number, bandwidth information, configuration of Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), and basic system configuration information such as antenna configuration, so as to achieve synchronization with the cell.
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel
  • the PSS, SSS and PBCH in the NR system form a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal and Physical broadcast channel block, SSB).
  • the NR system defines the possible time-frequency positions of the SSB.
  • the first communication device will try to search for the SSB during the synchronization process.
  • the SSB carries the index information of the SSB, and the index corresponds to the position of the SSB in the radio frame one-to-one. Therefore, after obtaining the SSB index, the position of the SSB in the radio frame can be determined, thereby determining the frame boundary of the radio frame and realizing the frame boundary of the radio frame. Synchronize.
  • the first communication device first obtains timing synchronization according to the PSS and the SSS, and then the terminal further detects the PBCH, and the information carried by the PBCH includes MIB information and 8-bit physical layer information.
  • the physical layer information includes SFN, field indication, SSB index and so on.
  • the MIB information carried by the PBCH includes 6 bits in the SFN information field, 1 bit in the subcarrier spacing information field, 4 bits in the subcarrier offset information field in the SSB, and 8 bits in the PDCCH configuration information field in the SIB 1.
  • the first communication device will further read the SIB1 message and other system messages to achieve synchronization with the base station.
  • resource allocation can be performed so that the first communication device can perform data transmission on the allocated resources.
  • FIG. 1a shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario includes at least one terminal device and a base station 120, such as the terminal device 111 and the terminal device 112 shown in FIG.
  • both the terminal equipment 111 and the terminal equipment 112 performing the sidelink communication are within the coverage of the base station 120 .
  • the synchronization signal is synchronized, and then the system message of the base station 120 is received to obtain sideline configuration information.
  • FIG. 1b shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 111 is located under the coverage of the base station 120 , and the terminal device 111 can perform lateral communication with the terminal device 112 .
  • part of the terminal equipment 111 performing sidelink communication is located within the coverage of the base station 120, so that the terminal equipment 111 can receive the downlink synchronization signal sent by the receiving base station 120 to obtain synchronization, and then receive the downlink synchronization signal sent by the base station 120.
  • System messages get sideline configuration information.
  • the terminal device 112 located outside the network coverage cannot receive the configuration signaling of the base station 120 .
  • the terminal device 112 outside the network coverage needs to receive the sideline synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH sent by the terminal device 111 within the network coverage to obtain the synchronization information, and then determine the synchronization information according to the pre-configuration information. Further side row configuration.
  • FIG. 1c shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 111 may perform sideline communication with the terminal device 112 .
  • both the terminal equipment 111 and the terminal equipment 112 performing the sidelink communication are located outside the network coverage.
  • the synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH are received to obtain synchronization information, and then the sideline configuration is determined according to the preconfigured information.
  • the terminal device 112 may send the sideline synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH, and the terminal device 111 obtains the synchronization information by receiving the synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH, and then determines the sideline configuration according to the preconfigured information.
  • FIG. 1a to FIG. 1c are only for the convenience of understanding, and schematically show the terminal device 111 and the terminal device 112, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application, and the application scenario may also include a larger number of networks
  • the device may also include more or less terminal devices.
  • the same network device may communicate with different terminal devices, or different network devices may communicate with different terminal devices, which is not limited in this application.
  • connection in the embodiments of the present application refers to various connection modes such as direct connection or indirect connection, so as to realize communication between devices, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the base station in this application scenario may be any device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the base station includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), Radio Network Controller (Radio Network Controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (Base Station Controller, BSC) , base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be 5G, such as NR , a gNB in the system, or, a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or, it can also be 5G,
  • the terminal device in this application scenario is a device with the function of a wireless communication system, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc. ); can also be deployed in the air (eg on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial) terminal device wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in smart home terminal etc.
  • the terminal device may also be a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a computer device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, etc., which has the function of a wireless communication system.
  • Terminal equipment can be called by different names in different networks, for example: terminal equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication Equipment, user agent or user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), Terminal devices in a 5G network or a future evolution network, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system includes a first system 210 and a second system 220.
  • the first system 210 can be applied to FIG. 1a-FIG. 1c
  • the second system can be applied to FIG. 1a-FIG. 1c.
  • the first system 210 includes a first control node 211 and at least one first communication device 212
  • the second system 220 includes a second control node 221 and at least one second communication device 222;
  • the second control node 221 is configured to acquire the location information of the first subcarrier set and/or the location information of the second subcarrier set, where the first subcarrier set is in the superframe occupied by the first system 210. a set of subcarriers, where the second set of subcarriers is a set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second system 220;
  • the first control node 211 is configured to determine the location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the first system 210 may be a short-range communication system such as an in-vehicle communication system, a home communication system, an indoor communication system, a wearable communication system, etc.; the second system may also be an in-vehicle communication system, a home communication system, Indoor communication systems, wearable communication systems and other short-range communication systems. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the vehicle includes a variety of first communication devices, such as: central controller, microphone, speaker, rearview mirror, driving recorder, 360 surround view, door lock control, seat control, air conditioner control, lighting control, etc.
  • the terminals in the car can be divided into different communication groups or composed of different subsystems, that is, the first system or the second system.
  • the telematics box (T-box) in the car can communicate with the car.
  • the cockpit controller in the car and the windows, doors, lights, seats, etc. form a first system;
  • the central controller in the car is composed of the microphone, speakers, rearview mirrors, etc.
  • a second system; the smart key smart entry and start system (Passive Entry Passive Start, PEPS) in the car and the door lock, key, etc. form a first system, and so on.
  • the first communication device in the vehicle may be controlled by the first control node or the second control node in the vehicle.
  • each first system has a first control node
  • each second system has a second control node
  • the second control node can control a plurality of devices in the first system
  • the first control node can control the A device in the first system where the first control node is located.
  • the first communication device in the home or indoor has a communication function
  • the second system and/or a plurality of the first systems may be formed between the first communication devices in the home, and each of the first communication devices
  • a system has a corresponding first control node.
  • smart air conditioners, smart refrigerators and smart washing machines in the home can form the first system
  • smart phones, smart TVs, and consumer equipment (Consumer Premise Equipment, CPE) in the home can be
  • CPE Consumer Premise Equipment
  • other households may also have the first system and/or the second system.
  • the first system and the second system usually use the same wireless transmission mode to communicate within the same carrier and bandwidth.
  • the above-mentioned first communication device and second communication device may be other electronic devices such as a terminal device, a mobile device, a user terminal, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols are the same as the Gap symbols are included between the T link symbols, and i is a positive integer.
  • each superframe in the frequency domain, may include 40 subcarriers, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to 40.
  • each superframe includes 48 radio frames, that is, the i is 48, and each radio frame includes 8 time domain symbols.
  • Different time domain symbols in the radio frame can be configured as C link symbols or The T link symbol, the C link symbol is used for data transmission in the C link method, the T link symbol is used for data transmission in the T link direction, and the C link direction is the direction of the first control node or the second control node to the first control node.
  • the direction in which the communication device sends data and the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node or the second control node.
  • the C link symbol or the T link symbol may be located at any position in the radio frame. For example, as shown in FIG. 3, the C link symbol is located in the first four symbols of the radio frame, and the T link symbol is located in the first four symbols of the radio frame. The last 4 symbols. There is a guard interval symbol (Guard Period, Gap) between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the Gap symbol is usually used for transceiving or transceiving.
  • Guard Period Gap
  • the subcarrier interval is 480kHz
  • one radio frame includes 8 OFDM symbols
  • the duration is 20.833us
  • the duration of 48 radio frames is 1ms, corresponding to one superframe.
  • the length of a time slot is 1ms
  • a time slot length is 0.5ms, and so on.
  • FIG. 3 is only for the convenience of understanding, and schematically shows the structures of superframes and radio frames, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application, and the methods in this application are still applicable to other types of superframes and radio frames. frame structure.
  • the resources allocated to the first system are used by the first control node in the first system and the first communication device in the first system.
  • the first subcarrier set may be occupied for data transmission.
  • the resources allocated to the second system are for use by the second control node in the second system and the second communication device in the second system.
  • the second subcarrier set may be occupied for data transmission.
  • first control node and/or the first communication device may occupy the first set of subcarriers to send data to the second control node
  • the second control node may occupy the second set of subcarriers to send data to the first control node and/or
  • the first communication device sends data, that is, the device in the first system occupies the first subcarrier set for data transmission, and the device in the second system occupies the second subcarrier set for data transmission.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first system in the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the first control node and/or the first communication device in the first system may be at the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol Data transmission in the C-link direction or the T-link direction is performed on the set of subcarriers.
  • the transmission direction of the first system in the next superframe and the transmission direction of the first subsystem in the current superframe are different, the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame of the current superframe cannot be used for the first A device in a system transmits data.
  • the first subcarrier set when the second system occupies the first subcarrier set in a part of the superframe or all the superframes, on the first symbol, the first subcarrier set
  • the transmission direction is the same as or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, and the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame.
  • the second system may use the first subcarrier set under certain conditions.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, that is, the first subcarrier set
  • the transmission direction of the carrier set on each symbol in the radio frame is the same as the configuration of the second system.
  • the transmission method of the second subcarrier in the second system is shown in Figure 3, that is, the transmission direction of the first 4 symbols of the radio frame in the superframe is the C link direction, and the transmission direction of the last 4 symbols is the T link direction
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set corresponding to the frequency domain position of the first four symbols in the radio frame is the C link direction
  • the last four symbols of the radio frame is the T link direction, that is, the ratio of symbols in the radio frame in the superframe occupied by the first system and the second system is the same.
  • the first system is a PEPS subsystem
  • the second system is a subsystem that supports in-vehicle voice and time-frequency services.
  • the PEPS subsystem occupies the first subsystem.
  • a set of carriers There is a guard interval of at least G subcarriers between the time-frequency resources occupied by the second system in the frequency domain and the first set of subcarriers.
  • the PEPS subsystem is in a stop working state. In this case, the second subsystem may occupy the first subcarrier set.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • a guard interval of G subcarriers may exist between the first set of subcarriers occupied by the first system and the second set of subcarriers occupied by the second system, and/or the There may be a guard interval of G subcarriers between the first set of subcarriers occupied by one system and the set of subcarriers occupied by other first systems, and/or the second set of subcarriers occupied by the second system and the set of subcarriers occupied by other first systems
  • a guard interval of G subcarriers may exist between the subcarrier sets, and any system cannot occupy the guard interval of the G subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are consecutive in the frequency domain.
  • the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set may be continuous in the frequency domain.
  • the first system is a PEPS subsystem
  • the second system is a subsystem that supports in-vehicle voice and time-frequency services.
  • the PEPS subsystem occupies the first subcarrier set
  • the second system occupies the second set of sub-carriers; when the vehicle is in the starting state, the PEPS subsystem is in the stopped working state, in this case, the second set of sub-carriers and the first set of sub-carriers may be continuous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  • the second control node can configure or preconfigure the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set to be continuous in the frequency domain .
  • the first control node of the first system and the second control node of the second system are very close geographically, and the first control node in the first system occupies the first position in the frequency domain corresponding to the C-link symbol.
  • the subcarrier set transmits data in the C link direction
  • the second control node in the second system occupies other subcarrier sets in the frequency domain position corresponding to the C link symbol to transmit data in the C link direction.
  • the transmit powers on each subcarrier sent by the first communication device and the second control node are close to each other, the far-near effect is weak, so the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier There may be no guard subcarriers left between sets.
  • the first control node of the first system and the second control node of the second system are very close geographically, and the first communication device in the first system occupies the first sub-section of the frequency domain position corresponding to the T link symbol.
  • the carrier set transmits data in the T link direction
  • the second control node in the second system occupies other subcarrier sets in the frequency domain position corresponding to the T link symbol to transmit data in the T link direction.
  • the far-near effect is weak, so the first sub-carrier set and the second sub-carrier set are There may be no guard subcarriers left in between.
  • the location information of the first subcarrier set and/or the location information of the second subcarrier set is acquired through the second control node, where the first subcarrier set is occupied by the first system for more than The set of subcarriers in the frame, the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second system, and the position information of the first set of subcarriers is determined by the control node, so that the first set of subcarriers can be realized.
  • Effective resource coordination between the first system and the second system on the same carrier prevents interference between the systems.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1a-1c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 4, the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
  • the first communication device acquires location information of a first set of subcarriers, the first set of subcarriers is used for communication in a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, according to The location information determines the location of the first subcarrier set, where the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location of the first subcarrier set information.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the first communication device may determine the location information of the first set of subcarriers through preconfiguration, for example, the first communication device may determine, according to the preconfiguration, that the first set of subcarriers is located in the last 10 consecutive subcarriers of the superframe .
  • the first communication device may receive first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system, the first configuration information may include the location information, and the first communication device may be based on the first configuration The information determines location information of the first set of subcarriers. In some examples, the first communication device is receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system.
  • the first communication device may also receive first configuration information sent by a second control node in the second system, where the first configuration information may include the location information, and the first communication device may determine the first configuration information according to the first configuration information. Location information for a set of subcarriers.
  • the first communication device is receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system and the second control node in the second system, and the first communication device may pass the first configuration information in the first system.
  • the first configuration information sent by the control node determines the location information of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the first communication device may still determine the first Location information for a set of subcarriers.
  • the above method can also be applied to the second communication device in the second system.
  • the first control node in the method is the second control node.
  • the first communication device obtains the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first set of subcarriers.
  • the communication device and the first control node determine the location where the first set of subcarriers is located according to the location information, where the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and all frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the resource allocation of the first system is realized by determining the time-frequency resources available to the devices of the first system by the first communication device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1 a to 1 c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 5, the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
  • the first control node acquires location information of a first set of subcarriers, the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and the first control node, according to The location information determines the location of the first subcarrier set, where the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location of the first subcarrier set information.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device, and the first control node may determine, through preconfiguration, that the first system occupies neutrons in the first subcarrier set in the superframe The number N of carriers and the frequency domain location of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the first control node may determine, through preconfiguration, that the first system occupies a specific set of subcarriers in the superframe. For example, as shown in FIG. 6a, the first system may occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers in the superframe.
  • the N is a positive integer less than or equal to 40.
  • the first set of subcarriers may be any continuous N subcarriers in the superframe, or may be any non-consecutive N subcarriers in the superframe, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the position information when part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  • the first control node may determine, through pre-configuration, the time domain position of the Gap symbols occupied by the first system, and the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers occupied by each Gap symbol and the number N of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the frequency domain location for example, the first control node can determine, through pre-configuration, that the first system occupies a set of subcarriers on all Gap symbols of all radio frames in the superframe, as shown in FIG. 6b; in some examples, the first control node Through preconfiguration, it may be determined that the first system occupies a set of subcarriers on the first or second Gap symbols of all radio frames in the superframe.
  • the first control node may determine through preconfiguration that the first system occupies the superframe. A set of subcarriers on all Gap symbols of part of the radio frame in the frame. In some examples, the first control node may determine, through pre-configuration, that the first system occupies the first or second Gap symbols of part of the radio frame in the superframe. set of subcarriers. Further, the first system may occupy part or all of the subcarriers in the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or, the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set
  • the position information further includes the C-link symbols or the symbol positions of the T-link symbols.
  • the first control node may determine the number N of subcarriers in the first subcarrier set in the superframe occupied by the first system, the frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set, and the time domain corresponding to the first subcarrier set through pre-configuration
  • the symbol position of the location may be part of C-link symbols or all of C-link symbols, or part of T-link symbols or all of T-link symbols.
  • the C-link symbol or the T-link symbol of the first system may occupy a specific subcarrier set on a specific symbol in the superframe.
  • the C-link symbol of the first system occupies the superframe.
  • the T-link symbols of the first system occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers on a portion of the C-link symbols within the superframe.
  • the T-link symbols of the first system occupy the first N contiguous subcarriers on some or all of the T-link symbols within the superframe.
  • the N subcarriers in one superframe are only used for transmission in one direction of the first system, the C link method or the T link direction.
  • the method further includes: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction.
  • the first control node in the first system may further determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers on each radio frame within a period.
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the first set of subcarriers in one superframe may only be used for transmission in one direction (C link direction or T link direction) of the first system, and S superframes may form a period, and within this period
  • the first P superframes can be used for data transmission in the C link direction
  • the next SP superframes can be used for data transmission in the T link direction.
  • even-numbered superframes within the S period may be used for data transmission in the C-link direction, and odd-numbered superframes may be used for data transmission in the T-link direction.
  • all superframes in the first system may also be used for data transmission in the C-link direction or data transmission in the T-link direction.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to other methods for determining the transmission direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the transmission direction of the subcarrier set on the k radio frames in the superframe is the direction of the C link.
  • the transmission direction is the T link direction, and the sum of m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first set of subcarriers on different radio frames in a superframe may be used for transmission in different directions of the first system, for example, the first subcarriers in the first 24 radio frames in a superframe
  • the set is used for data transmission in the C link direction
  • the first subcarrier set in the last 24 radio frames is used for data transmission in the T link direction.
  • the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction; in the case that the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are part of the T link symbols, or all the T link symbols, all the super The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the frame is the T link direction.
  • the first subcarrier set in all superframes is used for data transmission in the C link direction;
  • the time domain position of the first subcarrier set is the T link symbol in the radio frame, the first subcarrier set in all superframes is only used for data transmission in the T link direction.
  • the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  • the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  • the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the above-mentioned OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  • the modulated OFDM symbol can be mapped to the even-numbered subcarriers of the superframe, and an OFDM symbol with a time length of 64*Ts is generated, Or generate an OFDM symbol with a time length of (64+X)*Ts, and then send only the last 44*Ts of the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol.
  • the modulated OFDM symbols may be mapped to odd-numbered sub-carriers of the superframe, and OFDM symbols with a time length of 64*Ts are generated, or a time length of is an OFDM symbol of (64+X)*Ts, and then only the last 44*Ts of the OFDM symbol are sent on the Gap symbol.
  • the method further includes: sending second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first subcarrier set in the superframe transfer direction.
  • the first control node sends first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information includes location information.
  • the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
  • the first communication device in the first system it may be determined by receiving the first configuration information sent from the first control node in the first system that the first system can occupy the sub-carriers in the first sub-carrier set in the superframe The number N of carriers and the frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set, so that data is sent or received at the corresponding frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set.
  • the position information when part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  • the first communication device After receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node, the first communication device can determine the time domain position of the Gap symbols available to the first system, and the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers occupied by each Gap symbol. and the frequency domain location of the first set of subcarriers. As shown in FIG. 6b, according to the first configuration information, the first communication device can determine that the first system can occupy all Gap symbols of some radio frames in the superframe. In some examples, the first system may occupy some Gap symbols of some radio frames within the superframe, or may occupy some Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe, or may occupy all Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe. The first system may occupy part or all of the subcarriers in the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or, the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set
  • the position information further includes the C-link symbols or the symbol positions of the T-link symbols.
  • the first communication device may determine the symbol position for the C link direction or the symbol position for the T link direction of the first system in the time domain, and the number N of subcarriers in the first subcarrier set in the frequency domain and the frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set. As shown in FIG. 6c, according to the first configuration information, the first communication device can determine that the first system can occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain corresponding to all C-link symbols of all radio frames in the superframe.
  • the method further includes: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction.
  • the first communication device may receive the second configuration information sent from the first control node to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers. Specifically, the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, that the first set of subcarriers in a superframe in the first system may only be used for transmission in one direction of the first system, or determine a set of subcarriers in the first system The first set of subcarriers on different subcarriers in the superframe may be used for transmission in different directions of the first system.
  • the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, that all superframes in the first system are used for the C link or the T link.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set may be located on all C-link symbols in a superframe, or the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set may be located in a specific radio frame in a superframe. on part of the C-link symbols; or the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are located on all the C-link symbols of part of the radio frame within a superframe.
  • the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, the number of Gap symbols available to the first subsystem in each superframe. transfer direction. For example, the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, that the transmission method of the Gap symbols available to the first system in all superframes is the C link direction.
  • the first communication device may also determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set in each superframe through pre-configuration, or, after receiving the second configuration information, the first communication device still uses pre-configuration is configured to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers within each superframe. For example, the first communication device may determine, according to the pre-configuration, that all superframes in the first system are used for the C link, or the first communication device may determine, according to the pre-configuration, a transmission method of Gap symbols available to the first system in all superframes Both are in the C link direction.
  • the above method can also be applied to the second communication device in the second system.
  • the first control node in the method is the second control node.
  • the first control node obtains the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and the first control node ; According to the location information, determine the location where the first subcarrier set is located; the location information includes at least one of the following: the time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and the first subcarrier set frequency domain location information; the first control node sends first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information includes location information; the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and based on the first configuration information Determine location information for the first set of subcarriers.
  • the first control node can determine the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system according to the pre-configuration, which realizes the resource allocation in the first system, and allocates resources uniformly through the first control node, which can avoid conflicts with other systems. interference.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1 a to 1 c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in FIG. 7 , the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
  • the second control node sends first configuration information to the first control node, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system,
  • the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time-domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and frequency of the first set of subcarriers; Domain location information.
  • the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device
  • the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device
  • the second control node may be responsible for coordinating a plurality of the Time-frequency resources used by the first system.
  • the second control node may broadcast the first configuration information to the first control node in the first system to determine time-frequency resources available to the first system.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the second control node may configure the first system to occupy a specific set of subcarriers in the superframe. For example, as shown in FIG. 6a, the first system may occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers in the superframe.
  • the first set of subcarriers may be any continuous N subcarriers in the superframe, or may be any non-consecutive N subcarriers in the superframe, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the second control node may configure part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set occupied by the first system to be the Gap symbols. And when part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  • the second control node may configure the first system to occupy all Gap symbols of part or all of the radio frames in the superframe.
  • the second control node may configure the first system to occupy part of the Gap symbols of part or all of the radio frame within the superframe.
  • the first system may occupy part or all of the subcarrier set at the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol.
  • the second control node may configure the time domain position of the Gap symbols occupied by the first system, the number N of subcarriers in the first subcarrier set occupied on each Gap symbol, and the frequency domain of the first subcarrier set Location, for example, the second control node may configure the first system to occupy the first set of subcarriers on all Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe, or occupy the first or second Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe or occupy the first subcarrier set on the Gap symbol of part of the radio frame in the superframe, or occupy the first subcarrier set on the first or second Gap symbol of part of the radio frame in the superframe carrier set.
  • the second control node may configure the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set occupied by the first system to be part or all of the C link symbols, or the second control The node may configure the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set occupied by the first system to be partially T link symbols or all T link symbols.
  • the location information further includes a C-link symbol or a symbol position of the T-link symbol.
  • the second control node may configure the C link symbol or the T link symbol of the first system to occupy a specific subcarrier set on a specific symbol in the superframe.
  • the second control node may configure the first system
  • the C-link symbols occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers on some or all of the C-link symbols in the superframe, or the T-link symbols of the first system occupy the first N on some or all of the T-link symbols in the superframe consecutive subcarriers.
  • the N subcarrier sets in one superframe are only used for transmission in one direction of the first system, the C link method or the T link direction.
  • the first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
  • the first control nodes in the plurality of first systems can determine the time-frequency that can be used by the first system to which the first control node belongs by receiving the first configuration information broadcast by the second control nodes in the second system Resource, that is, the location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the first control node sends the first configuration information to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and the first communication device determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information.
  • the second control node sends the first configuration information to the first control node, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first subcarrier set, and the first subcarrier set is used for the first system communication
  • the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and the first set of subcarriers frequency domain location information
  • the first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information
  • the first control node sends the first communication device to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and the first communication device determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information.
  • the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system through the second control node, the resource allocation in the first system is realized, and by uniformly assigning resources through the second control node, multiple systems on the same carrier can be realized Effective resource coordination on top to avoid interference with multiple systems.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1 a to 1 c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in FIG. 8 , the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
  • the second control node sends first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system,
  • the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time-domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and frequency of the first set of subcarriers; Domain location information.
  • the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device
  • the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device
  • the second control node may be responsible for coordinating multiple Describe the time-frequency resources used by the first system.
  • the second control node may directly broadcast the first configuration information to the first communication device in the first system to determine the time-frequency resources available to the first system.
  • the method further includes: sending second configuration information to a first communication device in the first system, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first configuration information in all the superframes.
  • the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
  • the first communication device may determine the time-frequency resources available to the system where the first communication device is located by receiving the first configuration information broadcast by the second control node in the second system.
  • the method further includes: determining a transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the first communication device may receive the second configuration information sent from the second control node to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the first communication device may also determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers in each superframe through pre-configuration. In other examples, the first communication device may also receive second configuration information sent from the first control node of the first system to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the second control node sends the first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first subcarrier set, and the first subcarrier set is used for the first system communication
  • the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and the first set of subcarriers frequency domain location information
  • the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information.
  • the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first communication device in the first system are configured by the second control node, thereby realizing resource allocation in the first system, and by uniformly allocating resources by the second control node, multiple Effective resource coordination of the system on the same carrier to avoid interference with multiple systems.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1a-1c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 9, the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
  • the second control node sends first configuration information to the first control node and the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the first set of subcarriers.
  • Communication of a system the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and the first Frequency domain location information of the set of subcarriers.
  • the first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe according to the first configuration information; and the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node. configuration information, and the location information of the first subcarrier set is determined according to the first configuration information.
  • the second control node sends the first configuration information to the first control node and the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first subcarrier set, so
  • the first subcarrier set is used for communication in a first system, where the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set;
  • the first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set according to the first configuration information;
  • the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set according to the first configuration information.
  • time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system By configuring the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system by the second control node, resource allocation in the first system is realized, and by uniformly allocating resources by the second control node, effective resource coordination of multiple systems on the same carrier can be realized , to avoid interference between multiple systems.
  • FIG. 10 is a resource allocation apparatus 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be a first communication device, the apparatus 1000 may be a first control node, and the apparatus 1000 may be a second control node .
  • the apparatus 1000 includes: an acquisition unit 1100, a determination unit 1200, and a transceiver unit 1300,
  • the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the first communication device in the above resource allocation method.
  • Obtaining unit 1100 configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node ;
  • a determining unit 1200 configured to determine the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the transceiver unit 1300 is configured to receive first configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
  • the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, and the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, C link symbols and T link symbols.
  • Gap symbols are included between the channel symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols time domain location.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links.
  • the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
  • the determining unit 1200 is further configured to: determine a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, and the C link direction is the first subcarrier direction.
  • the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction
  • the C link direction is the first subcarrier direction.
  • a direction in which a control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T link direction is a direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  • the transceiver unit 1300 is further configured to: receive second configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission of the first subcarrier set direction;
  • the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set based on the second configuration information.
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames in the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the k radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the transmission direction is the T link direction
  • the m is a positive integer
  • the k is a positive integer
  • the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction; in the case that the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are part of the T link symbols, or all the T link symbols, all the super The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the frame is the T link direction.
  • the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  • the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  • the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol
  • the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one.
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set
  • the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame
  • the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  • the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the first control node in the above resource allocation method.
  • Obtaining unit 1100 configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node ;
  • a determining unit 1200 configured to determine the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the transceiver unit 1300 is configured to receive first configuration information from the second control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
  • the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes multiple time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols A Gap symbol is included between the T link symbol and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbol The time domain location of the symbol.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or part of the time domain positions corresponding to the set of subcarriers are T link symbols or In the case of all T-link symbols, the position information further includes the C-link symbols or the symbol positions of the T-link symbols.
  • the determining unit is further configured to: determine a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, and the C link direction is the first The direction in which the control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link.
  • the transmission direction of the set is the T link direction
  • the m is a positive integer
  • the k is a positive integer
  • the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
  • the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  • the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  • the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  • the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  • the transceiver unit 1300 is further configured to: send the first configuration information and/or the second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first subcarrier The transfer direction of the collection.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol
  • the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one.
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set
  • the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame
  • the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  • the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the second control node in the above resource allocation method.
  • a transceiver unit 1300 configured to send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, the first configuration information a set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols and T Gap symbols are included between link symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols The time domain location of the symbol.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links.
  • the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
  • the transceiver unit 1300 is further configured to: send second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set.
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link.
  • the transmission direction of the set is the T link direction
  • the m is a positive integer
  • the k is a positive integer
  • the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
  • the transmission directions of the subcarrier sets of all the superframes are: T link direction.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol
  • the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one.
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set
  • the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame
  • the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  • unit as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group of processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processors for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group of processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functions.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be specifically the first communication device, the first control node, and the second control node in the foregoing embodiments, and the apparatus 1000 may be used to execute the foregoing method embodiments
  • the respective processes and/or steps corresponding to the first communication device, the first control node, and the second control node are not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
  • the apparatus 1000 of each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the first communication device, the first control node and the second control node in the above method; the functions can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software in hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the determination unit may be replaced by a processor, and the transceiver unit may be replaced by a transmitter and a receiver, which respectively perform the transceiver operations in each method embodiment and related functions. processing operations.
  • the apparatus 1000 in FIG. 10 may also be a chip or a system of chips, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
  • the transceiver unit may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited herein.
  • FIG. 11 shows a computer device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer device includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory, and is configured to be executed by the aforementioned processor.
  • the computer device is a first communication device
  • the above-mentioned program includes instructions for executing the following steps:
  • the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: receiving first configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
  • the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: determining the first set of subcarriers based on the location information in the first configuration information. Location information for a set of subcarriers.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, and the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, C link symbols and T link symbols.
  • Gap symbols are included between the channel symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols time domain location.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links.
  • the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
  • the program includes an instruction for further performing the following steps: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  • the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: receiving second configuration information from a second control node or the first control node, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first sub-node the transmission direction of the carrier set;
  • the program includes instructions for further performing the step of: determining the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers based on the second configuration information.
  • the transmission directions of the subcarrier sets of all radio frames in the superframe are either the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the k radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the transmission direction is the T link direction
  • the m is a positive integer
  • the k is a positive integer
  • the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The transmission direction of the subcarrier is the C link direction; when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the T link direction.
  • the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  • the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  • the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol
  • the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one.
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set
  • the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame
  • the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  • the computer device is a first control node
  • the above-mentioned program includes instructions for executing the following steps:
  • the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the program includes instructions for performing the following steps: receiving first configuration information from the second control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
  • the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: determining the first set of subcarriers based on the location information in the first configuration information. The location of a set of subcarriers.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes multiple time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols A Gap symbol is included between the symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information also includes the The time domain position of the Gap symbol.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links.
  • the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
  • the program includes an instruction for further performing the following steps: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T-link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link.
  • the transmission direction of the set is the T link direction
  • the m is a positive integer
  • the k is a positive integer
  • the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes are: T link direction.
  • the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  • the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  • the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  • the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: sending the first configuration information and/or second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the The transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol
  • the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one.
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set
  • the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame
  • the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold
  • the computer device is a second control node
  • the above-mentioned program includes instructions for executing the following steps:
  • the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
  • the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  • the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
  • the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols and T Gap symbols are included between link symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols The time domain location of the symbol.
  • part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links.
  • the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
  • the program includes an instruction further configured to perform the following step: sending second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  • the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction
  • the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link.
  • the transmission direction of the set is the T link direction
  • the m is a positive integer
  • the k is a positive integer
  • the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  • the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
  • the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol
  • the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one.
  • the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  • the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device
  • the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set
  • the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame
  • the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
  • a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  • the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  • any one of the first subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  • the memory may include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor of the above device may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor.
  • the software unit may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the computer program in the foregoing method embodiment. Some or all of the steps described by the device.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the computer program in the above method. Some or all of the steps described by the device.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application are essentially or part of contributions to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a resource allocation method and apparatus. The method comprises: a first control node determines position information of subcarrier sets in a superframe, the position information comprising the number of subcarrier sets N and frequency domain positions of the subcarrier sets; the first control node sends first configuration information to a first communication device, the first configuration information comprising position information; and the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and determines position information of the subcarrier sets in the superframe on the basis of the first configuration information. In the present application, the first control node can determine, according to pre-configuration, time-frequency resources that can be used by the first communication device in a first system, thereby achieving resource allocation in the first system; and in addition, uniform resource allocation by the first control node can avoid interference with other systems.

Description

资源分配方法及装置Resource allocation method and device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种资源分配方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a resource allocation method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
在一些通信系统中,不同的第一通信设备之间可以分成不同的通信组或组成不同的子系统,每个子系统内可以有一个控制节点,该控制节点控制该子系统内的其他第一通信设备,例如,为其他第一通信设备分配传输资源、转发第一通信设备之间的数据等。多个子系统之间通常采用相同的无线传输方式在相同的载波和带宽内进行通信,而多个子系统或通信组在相同的载波内传输会造成严重的干扰,因此,如何避免多个子系统或通信组之间的干扰是亟待解决的问题。In some communication systems, different first communication devices may be divided into different communication groups or constitute different subsystems, and each subsystem may have a control node, which controls other first communication in the subsystem The device, for example, allocates transmission resources to other first communication devices, forwards data between the first communication devices, and the like. Multiple subsystems usually use the same wireless transmission mode to communicate within the same carrier and bandwidth, and transmission of multiple subsystems or communication groups within the same carrier will cause serious interference. Therefore, how to avoid multiple subsystems or communication? Interference between groups is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种资源分配方法及装置。Embodiments of the present application provide a resource allocation method and apparatus.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源分配方法,应用于第一通信设备,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation method, which is applied to a first communication device, and the method includes:
获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;obtaining location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。通过第一通信设备确定第一系统的设备可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统的资源分配。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first set of subcarriers. For a communication device and a first control node, the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set. The resource allocation of the first system is realized by determining the time-frequency resources available to the devices of the first system by the first communication device.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源分配方法,应用于第一控制节点,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation method, which is applied to a first control node, and the method includes:
获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;obtaining location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,第一控制节点获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。通过第一控制节点确定第一系统的设备可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统的资源分配。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the first control node acquires the location information of the first subcarrier set, and the first subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first subcarrier set. For a communication device and a first control node, the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set. The resource allocation of the first system is realized by determining the time-frequency resources that can be used by the devices of the first system by the first control node.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源分配方法,所述方法包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation method, the method comprising:
向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;Send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the first set of subcarriers. Communication of a system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,第二控制节点向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。通过第二控制节点配置第一 系统可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统内的资源分配,并且通过第二控制节点统一分配资源,可以实现多个系统在同一个载波上的有效资源协调,避免多个系统之间的干扰。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the second control node sends first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to acquire the first subcarrier set location information, the first subcarrier set is used for communication of a first system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, the location information includes at least one of the following: the Time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set. By configuring the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system by the second control node, the resource allocation in the first system is realized, and by uniformly allocating resources by the second control node, effective resource coordination of multiple systems on the same carrier can be realized , to avoid interference between multiple systems.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信系统,所述第二系统包括第二控制节点和至少一个第二通信设备;In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication system, where the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device;
所述第二控制节点用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息和/或第二子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第二子载波集合用于第二系统的通信;The second control node is configured to acquire location information of a first subcarrier set and/or location information of a second subcarrier set, the first subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system, and the second subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system. aggregate for communication with the second system;
所述第一控制节点用于确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。The first control node is configured to determine location information of the first set of subcarriers.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,,所述第二系统包括第二控制节点和至少一个第二通信设备;所述第二控制节点用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息和/或第二子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第二子载波集合用于第二系统的通信;所述第一控制节点用于确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。。通过第二控制节点配置第一系统和第二系统可以使用的时频资源,可以实现第一系统和第二系统在相同载波上的有效资源协调,避免系统之间产生干扰。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device; the second control node is configured to acquire location information and/or location information of the first set of subcarriers Location information of a second set of subcarriers, the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, and the second set of subcarriers is used for communication of the second system; the first control node is used to determine the Location information of the first set of subcarriers. . By configuring the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system and the second system by the second control node, effective resource coordination between the first system and the second system on the same carrier can be realized, and interference between the systems can be avoided.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源分配装置,应用于的第一通信设备,所述装置包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation apparatus, which is applied to a first communication device, and the apparatus includes:
获取单元,用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
确定单元,用于根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;a determining unit, configured to determine the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源分配装置,应用于第一控制节点,所述装置包括:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation apparatus, which is applied to a first control node, and the apparatus includes:
获取单元,用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
确定单元,用于根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;a determining unit, configured to determine the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源分配装置,应用于第二控制节点所述装置包括:In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource allocation apparatus, and the apparatus applied to the second control node includes:
收发单元,用于向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;a transceiver unit, configured to send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first subcarrier set, the first subcarrier a carrier set is used for communication of a first system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一通信设备,所述第一通信设备包括处理器、存储器、收发器,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行上述第一方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤的指令。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device, where the first communication device includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, and the one or more programs are stored in the in a memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing some or all of the steps described in the method of the first aspect above.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一控制节点,所述第一控制节点包括处理器、存储器、收发器,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行上述第二方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤的指令。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first control node, where the first control node includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, and the one or more programs are stored in the in a memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing some or all of the steps described in the method of the second aspect above.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种第二控制节点,所述第二控制节点包括处理器、存储器、收发器,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行上述第三方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second control node, where the second control node includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, and the one or more programs are stored in the in a memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the program comprising for performing some or all of the steps described in the method described in the third aspect above
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect. some or all of the steps described in the method.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的方法中所描述的部 分或全部步骤。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned second aspect some or all of the steps described in the method.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行上述第三方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect some or all of the steps described in the method.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,其中,上述计算机程序产品包括存储了计算机程序的非瞬时性计算机可读存储介质,上述计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如本申请实施例第一方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the program as described in the present application. Part or all of the steps described in the method described in the first aspect of the embodiment. The computer program product may be a software installation package.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,其中,上述计算机程序产品包括存储了计算机程序的非瞬时性计算机可读存储介质,上述计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如本申请实施例第二方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the program as described in the present application. Part or all of the steps described in the method described in the second aspect of the embodiment. The computer program product may be a software installation package.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,其中,上述计算机程序产品包括存储了计算机程序的非瞬时性计算机可读存储介质,上述计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如本申请实施例第三方面所述的方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the program as described in the present application. Part or all of the steps described in the method described in the third aspect of the embodiment. The computer program product may be a software installation package.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the following briefly introduces the drawings that are used in the description of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are some embodiments of the present application. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained from these drawings without any creative effort.
图1a是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的应用场景的示意图;1a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1b是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的应用场景的示意图;FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1c是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的应用场景的示意图;1c is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种超帧和无线帧的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a superframe and a radio frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6a是本申请实施例提供的一种超帧中子载波集合的示意图;6a is a schematic diagram of a set of subcarriers in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6b是本申请实施例提供的另一种超帧中子载波集合示意图;6b is a schematic diagram of another set of subcarriers in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6c是本申请实施例提供的另一种超帧中子载波集合示意图;FIG. 6c is a schematic diagram of another set of subcarriers in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6d是本申请实施例提供的一种超帧中子载波集合的传输方向的示意图;6d is a schematic diagram of a transmission direction of a subcarrier set in a superframe provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6e是本申请实施例提供的一种Gap符号上发送的OFDM符号生成方式的示意图;FIG. 6e is a schematic diagram of a method for generating an OFDM symbol sent on a Gap symbol provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的流程示意图;7 is a schematic flowchart of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的流程示意图;8 is a schematic flowchart of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的流程示意图;9 is a schematic flowchart of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配装置的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource allocation apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种计算机设备的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a computer device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
在LTE系统中,第一通信设备开机后在可能存在LTE小区的几个中心频点上接收主同步信号(Primary synchronization signal,PSS),以接收信号强度来判断频点周围是否可能存在小区,如果第一通信设备存储了上次关机时的频点和运营商信息,则开机后会先搜索上次驻留的小区;如果没有,则在划分给LTE系统的频带范围内做全频段扫描。第一通信设备在频带的中心频点周围检测PSS,PSS占用中心频带的6个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB),并以5ms为周期重复。通过检测PSS终端可以获取小区组里小区ID,同时确定5ms的时隙边界,通过检测PSS第一通信设备还可以获取小 区循环前缀的长度以及小区采用的双工方式(频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)或时分双工(Time-division Duplex,TDD))。5ms时隙同步后,第一通信设备将在PSS基础上向前搜索辅同步信号(Secondary Synchronization Signals,SSS),SSS由两个随机序列组成,前后半帧的映射正好相反,因此只要接收到两个SSS就可以确定10ms的边界,达到了帧同步的目的。由于SSS信号携带了小区组ID,跟PSS结合就可以获得物理层ID(小区ID),并进一步得到下行参考信号的配置信息。由于PSS和SSS都在在系统带宽中间的6个RB上发送,在带宽内对称发送,所以通过检测PSS和SSS终端还可以获得频率同步。在获得帧同步,频率同步和下行参考信号配置之后,终端进一步检测下行参考信号,从而获得精确的时隙与频率同步,然后读取广播信道PBCH物理广播信道(Physical broadcast channel,PBCH),获取系统帧号,带宽信息,物理混合自动重传指示信道(Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel,PHICH)的配置,以及天线配置等系统基本配置信息,从而实现和小区的同步。In the LTE system, after the first communication device is powered on, it receives the primary synchronization signal (PSS) at several center frequency points where there may be LTE cells, and judges whether there may be cells around the frequency points based on the received signal strength. The first communication device stores the frequency and operator information when it was powered off last time, and then searches for the last cell it resided in after powering on; if not, it scans the entire frequency band within the frequency band allocated to the LTE system. The first communication device detects the PSS around the center frequency point of the frequency band, and the PSS occupies 6 physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) of the center frequency band, and repeats with a period of 5ms. By detecting the PSS terminal, the cell ID in the cell group can be obtained, and the time slot boundary of 5ms can be determined at the same time. Duplex, FDD) or Time-division Duplex (TDD)). After 5ms time slot synchronization, the first communication device will search for Secondary Synchronization Signals (SSS) forward on the basis of PSS. Only one SSS can determine the boundary of 10ms, which achieves the purpose of frame synchronization. Since the SSS signal carries the cell group ID, it can be combined with the PSS to obtain the physical layer ID (cell ID), and further obtain the configuration information of the downlink reference signal. Since both PSS and SSS are sent on the 6 RBs in the middle of the system bandwidth and are sent symmetrically within the bandwidth, frequency synchronization can also be obtained by detecting PSS and SSS terminals. After obtaining frame synchronization, frequency synchronization and downlink reference signal configuration, the terminal further detects the downlink reference signal to obtain accurate time slot and frequency synchronization, and then reads the physical broadcast channel (PBCH) of the broadcast channel PBCH to obtain the system Frame number, bandwidth information, configuration of Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), and basic system configuration information such as antenna configuration, so as to achieve synchronization with the cell.
NR系统中的PSS,SSS以及PBCH组成了同步信号块(Synchronization Signal and Physical broadcast channel block,SSB),NR系统定义了SSB的可能的时频位置,第一通信设备在同步过程中会尝试搜索SSB,SSB中携带SSB的索引信息,该索引与SSB在无线帧中的位置一一对应,因此获取SSB索引之后便可以确定该SSB在无线帧中的位置,从而确定无线帧的帧边界,实现帧同步。具体的,第一通信设备首先根据PSS和SSS获得定时同步,然后终端进一步检测PBCH,PBCH承载的信息包括MIB信息和8比特物理层信息。物理层信息括SFN、半帧指示、SSB索引等。PBCH承载的MIB信息包括SFN信息域6比特,子载波间隔信息域1比特,SSB的子载波偏移信息域4比特和SIB 1的PDCCH配置信息域8比特等。第一通信设备将进一步读取SIB1消息和其它系统消息,从而实现与基站的同步。The PSS, SSS and PBCH in the NR system form a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal and Physical broadcast channel block, SSB). The NR system defines the possible time-frequency positions of the SSB. The first communication device will try to search for the SSB during the synchronization process. , the SSB carries the index information of the SSB, and the index corresponds to the position of the SSB in the radio frame one-to-one. Therefore, after obtaining the SSB index, the position of the SSB in the radio frame can be determined, thereby determining the frame boundary of the radio frame and realizing the frame boundary of the radio frame. Synchronize. Specifically, the first communication device first obtains timing synchronization according to the PSS and the SSS, and then the terminal further detects the PBCH, and the information carried by the PBCH includes MIB information and 8-bit physical layer information. The physical layer information includes SFN, field indication, SSB index and so on. The MIB information carried by the PBCH includes 6 bits in the SFN information field, 1 bit in the subcarrier spacing information field, 4 bits in the subcarrier offset information field in the SSB, and 8 bits in the PDCCH configuration information field in the SIB 1. The first communication device will further read the SIB1 message and other system messages to achieve synchronization with the base station.
在实现同步后,可以进行资源分配,使得第一通信设备可以在分配的资源上进行数据传输。After synchronization is achieved, resource allocation can be performed so that the first communication device can perform data transmission on the allocated resources.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例,而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
第一部分,本申请所公开的技术方案的应用场景介绍如下。In the first part, the application scenarios of the technical solutions disclosed in this application are introduced as follows.
请参阅图1a,图1a示出了本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的应用场景的示意图。如图1a所示,该场景包括至少一个终端设备和基站120,例如图1a所示的终端设备111和终端设备112,所述终端设备111可以与终端设备112进行侧行通信。在网络覆盖内的侧行通信中,进行侧行通信的终端设备111和终端设备112均处于基站120的覆盖范围内,从而,上述终端设备111和终端设备112均可以通过接收基站120发送的下行同步信号获得同步,然后接收基站120的系统消息获得侧行配置信息。Referring to FIG. 1a, FIG. 1a shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1a, the scenario includes at least one terminal device and a base station 120, such as the terminal device 111 and the terminal device 112 shown in FIG. In the sideline communication within the network coverage, both the terminal equipment 111 and the terminal equipment 112 performing the sidelink communication are within the coverage of the base station 120 . The synchronization signal is synchronized, and then the system message of the base station 120 is received to obtain sideline configuration information.
请参阅图1b,图1b示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的应用场景的示意图。如图1b所示,终端设备111位于基站120的覆盖范围下,终端设备111可以与终端设备112进行侧行通信。在部分网络覆盖侧行通信情况下,部分进行侧行通信的终端设备111位于基站120的覆盖范围内,从而终端设备111能够接收到接收基站120发送下行同步信号获得同步,然后接收基站120发送的系统消息获得侧行配置信息。而位于网络覆盖范围外的终端设备112无法接收基站120的配置信令。在这种情况下,网络覆盖范围外的终端设备112需要将接收网络覆盖范围内终端设备111发送的侧行同步信号和侧行PBCH来获得同步信息,然后根据预配置(pre-configuration)信息确定进一步的侧行配置。Referring to FIG. 1b, FIG. 1b shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 b , the terminal device 111 is located under the coverage of the base station 120 , and the terminal device 111 can perform lateral communication with the terminal device 112 . In the case of partial network coverage of sideline communication, part of the terminal equipment 111 performing sidelink communication is located within the coverage of the base station 120, so that the terminal equipment 111 can receive the downlink synchronization signal sent by the receiving base station 120 to obtain synchronization, and then receive the downlink synchronization signal sent by the base station 120. System messages get sideline configuration information. However, the terminal device 112 located outside the network coverage cannot receive the configuration signaling of the base station 120 . In this case, the terminal device 112 outside the network coverage needs to receive the sideline synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH sent by the terminal device 111 within the network coverage to obtain the synchronization information, and then determine the synchronization information according to the pre-configuration information. Further side row configuration.
请参阅图1c,图1c示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种资源分配方法的应用场景示意图。如图1c所示,终端设备111可以与终端设备112进行侧行通信。对于网络覆盖外侧行通信,进行侧行通信的终端设备111和终端设备112均位于网络覆盖范围外,在这种情况下,终端设备111可以发送侧行同步信号和侧行PBCH,终端设备112通过接收该同步信号和侧行PBCH来获取同步信息,然后根据预配置信息确定侧行配置。或者终端设备112可以发送侧行同步信号和侧行PBCH,终端设备111通过接收该同步信号和侧行PBCH来获取同步信息,然后根据预配置信息确定侧行配置。Referring to FIG. 1c, FIG. 1c shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of another resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1c , the terminal device 111 may perform sideline communication with the terminal device 112 . For communication outside the network coverage, both the terminal equipment 111 and the terminal equipment 112 performing the sidelink communication are located outside the network coverage. The synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH are received to obtain synchronization information, and then the sideline configuration is determined according to the preconfigured information. Alternatively, the terminal device 112 may send the sideline synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH, and the terminal device 111 obtains the synchronization information by receiving the synchronization signal and the sideline PBCH, and then determines the sideline configuration according to the preconfigured information.
应理解,图1a-图1c中仅为便于理解,示意性地示出了终端设备111和终端设备112,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,该应用场景中还可以包括更多数量的网络设备,也可以包括更多或更少数量的终端设备,同一个网络设备可以与不同的终端设备通信,也可以是不同的网络设备与不同的终端设备通信, 本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that FIG. 1a to FIG. 1c are only for the convenience of understanding, and schematically show the terminal device 111 and the terminal device 112, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application, and the application scenario may also include a larger number of networks The device may also include more or less terminal devices. The same network device may communicate with different terminal devices, or different network devices may communicate with different terminal devices, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,上述资源分配方法的应用场景示意图仅为示例,本申请实施例还可以应用于其他应用场景,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the schematic diagram of the application scenario of the above resource allocation method is only an example, and the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other application scenarios, which are not limited in the present application.
本申请实施例中出现的“连接”是指直接连接或者间接连接等各种连接方式,以实现设备间的通信,本申请实施例对此不做任何限定。The "connection" in the embodiments of the present application refers to various connection modes such as direct connection or indirect connection, so as to realize communication between devices, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,该应用场景中的基站可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该基站包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(Transmission Point,TP)或者发送接收点(Transmission and Reception Point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(Base band Unit,BBU),或,分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)等。It should be understood that the base station in this application scenario may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. The base station includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), Radio Network Controller (Radio Network Controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), Base Station Controller (Base Station Controller, BSC) , base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be 5G, such as NR , a gNB in the system, or, a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, Such as base band unit (Base band Unit, BBU), or, distributed unit (Distributed Unit, DU) and so on.
还应理解,该应用场景中的终端设备是一种具有无线通信系统功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、可穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球、卫星上等)。该终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、智能家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。终端设备也可以是具有无线通信系统功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算机设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的网络中终端设备可以叫做不同的名称,例如:终端设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、5G网络或未来演进网络中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should also be understood that the terminal device in this application scenario is a device with the function of a wireless communication system, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc. ); can also be deployed in the air (eg on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial) terminal device wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in smart home terminal etc. The terminal device may also be a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a computer device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, etc., which has the function of a wireless communication system. Terminal equipment can be called by different names in different networks, for example: terminal equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication Equipment, user agent or user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), Terminal devices in a 5G network or a future evolution network, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。本申请的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”和“第四”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。The terms used in the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. The terms "first", "second", "third" and "fourth" in the description and claims of the present application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order . Furthermore, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion.
第二部分,本申请实施例所公开的权要保护范围介绍如下。In the second part, the protection scope of the claims disclosed in the embodiments of the present application is introduced as follows.
请参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统200的结构示意图。如图2所示,该无线通信系统包括第一系统210和第二系统220,所述第一系统210可以应用于如图1a-图1c,所述第二系统可以应用于如图1a-图1c。Please refer to FIG. 2 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the wireless communication system includes a first system 210 and a second system 220. The first system 210 can be applied to FIG. 1a-FIG. 1c, and the second system can be applied to FIG. 1a-FIG. 1c.
其中,所述第一系统210包括第一控制节点211和至少一个第一通信设备212,所述第二系统220包括第二控制节点221和至少一个第二通信设备222;Wherein, the first system 210 includes a first control node 211 and at least one first communication device 212, and the second system 220 includes a second control node 221 and at least one second communication device 222;
所述第二控制节点221用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息和/或第二子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合为在所述第一系统210占用超帧中的子载波集合,所述第二子载波集合为在所述第二系统220占用超帧中的子载波集合;The second control node 221 is configured to acquire the location information of the first subcarrier set and/or the location information of the second subcarrier set, where the first subcarrier set is in the superframe occupied by the first system 210. a set of subcarriers, where the second set of subcarriers is a set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second system 220;
所述第一控制节点211用于确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。The first control node 211 is configured to determine the location information of the first subcarrier set.
其中,所述第一系统210可以为车内通信系统、家庭通信系统、室内通信系统、可穿戴通信系统等短距离通信系统;所述第二系统也可以为车内通信系统、家庭通信系统、室内通信系统、可穿戴通信系统等短距离通信系统。本申请实施例对此不做限定。The first system 210 may be a short-range communication system such as an in-vehicle communication system, a home communication system, an indoor communication system, a wearable communication system, etc.; the second system may also be an in-vehicle communication system, a home communication system, Indoor communication systems, wearable communication systems and other short-range communication systems. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
具体地,在车内通信场景中,车内包括多种第一通信设备,如:中央控制器,麦克,扬声器,后视 镜,行车记录仪,360环视,门锁控制,座椅控制,空调控制,灯光控制等。车内的终端之间可以分为不同的通信组或组成不同的子系统,即第一系统或第二系统,例如,车内的远程信息处理器(Telematics BOX,T-box)可以和车内的麦克、音响等组成一个第一系统;车内的座舱控制器与车窗、车门、灯光、座椅等组成一个第一系统;车内的中央控制器与麦克、音箱、后视镜等组成一个第二系统;车内的智能钥匙智能进入及启动系统(Passive Entry Passive Start,PEPS)与门锁、钥匙等组成一个第一系统,等等。车内的第一通信设备可以通过车内的第一控制节点或第二控制节点进行控制。其中,每个第一系统内有一个第一控制节点,每个第二系统内有一个第二控制节点,第二控制节点可以控制多个第一系统内的设备,第一控制节点可以控制该第一控制节点所在的第一系统内的设备。在智能家居场景中,家庭或室内的第一通信设备具有通信功能,家庭内的第一通信设备之间可以构成所述第二系统和/或多个所述第一系统,每个所述第一系统内具有对应的第一控制节点,例如,家庭内的智能空调、智能冰箱和智能洗衣机可以组成第一系统,家庭内的智能手机、智能电视、用户端设备(Consumer Premise Equipment,CPE)可以组成第二系统,另外,其它家庭也可能存在所述第一系统和/或所述第二系统。这些第一系统和第二系统之间通常采用相同的无线传输方式在相同的载波和带宽内进行通信。Specifically, in the in-vehicle communication scenario, the vehicle includes a variety of first communication devices, such as: central controller, microphone, speaker, rearview mirror, driving recorder, 360 surround view, door lock control, seat control, air conditioner control, lighting control, etc. The terminals in the car can be divided into different communication groups or composed of different subsystems, that is, the first system or the second system. For example, the telematics box (T-box) in the car can communicate with the car. The cockpit controller in the car and the windows, doors, lights, seats, etc. form a first system; the central controller in the car is composed of the microphone, speakers, rearview mirrors, etc. A second system; the smart key smart entry and start system (Passive Entry Passive Start, PEPS) in the car and the door lock, key, etc. form a first system, and so on. The first communication device in the vehicle may be controlled by the first control node or the second control node in the vehicle. Wherein, each first system has a first control node, each second system has a second control node, the second control node can control a plurality of devices in the first system, and the first control node can control the A device in the first system where the first control node is located. In a smart home scenario, the first communication device in the home or indoor has a communication function, and the second system and/or a plurality of the first systems may be formed between the first communication devices in the home, and each of the first communication devices A system has a corresponding first control node. For example, smart air conditioners, smart refrigerators and smart washing machines in the home can form the first system, and smart phones, smart TVs, and consumer equipment (Consumer Premise Equipment, CPE) in the home can be The second system is formed. In addition, other households may also have the first system and/or the second system. The first system and the second system usually use the same wireless transmission mode to communicate within the same carrier and bandwidth.
其中,上述第一通信设备和第二通信设备可以是终端设备、移动设备、用户终端、车载终端、可穿戴设备等其他电子设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。The above-mentioned first communication device and second communication device may be other electronic devices such as a terminal device, a mobile device, a user terminal, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
其中,所述超帧包括i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,所述C链路符号与所述T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,i为正整数。The superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols are the same as the Gap symbols are included between the T link symbols, and i is a positive integer.
在本申请实施例中,如图3所示,在频域上,每个超帧可以包含40个子载波,N为小于或等于40的正整数。时域上,每个超帧中包含48个无线帧,即所述i为48,每个无线帧中包括8个时域符号,无线帧内的不同时域符号可以配置成C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号用于C链路方法的数据传输,T链路符号用于T链路方向的数据传输,C链路方向为第一控制节点或第二控制节点向第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向为第一通信设备向第一控制节点或第二控制节点发送数据的方向。其中,C链路符号或T链路符号可以位于无线帧中的任一位置,例如,如图3所示,C链路符号位于无线帧的前4个符号,T链路符号位于无线帧的后4个符号。在C链路符号和T链路符号之间有保护间隔符号(Guard Period,Gap),Gap符号通常用于收发转换或发收转换。In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 , in the frequency domain, each superframe may include 40 subcarriers, and N is a positive integer less than or equal to 40. In the time domain, each superframe includes 48 radio frames, that is, the i is 48, and each radio frame includes 8 time domain symbols. Different time domain symbols in the radio frame can be configured as C link symbols or The T link symbol, the C link symbol is used for data transmission in the C link method, the T link symbol is used for data transmission in the T link direction, and the C link direction is the direction of the first control node or the second control node to the first control node. The direction in which the communication device sends data, and the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node or the second control node. The C link symbol or the T link symbol may be located at any position in the radio frame. For example, as shown in FIG. 3, the C link symbol is located in the first four symbols of the radio frame, and the T link symbol is located in the first four symbols of the radio frame. The last 4 symbols. There is a guard interval symbol (Guard Period, Gap) between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the Gap symbol is usually used for transceiving or transceiving.
其中,在车内短距通信系统中,子载波间隔是480kHz,一个无线帧包括8个OFDM符号,时长是20.833us,48个无线帧的时长为1ms,对应一个超帧。在3GPP NR系统中,对于15kHz的子载波间隔,一个时隙的长度为1ms,对于30kHz子载波间隔,一个时隙长度为0.5ms,依次类推。Among them, in the in-vehicle short-distance communication system, the subcarrier interval is 480kHz, one radio frame includes 8 OFDM symbols, the duration is 20.833us, and the duration of 48 radio frames is 1ms, corresponding to one superframe. In the 3GPP NR system, for a 15kHz subcarrier spacing, the length of a time slot is 1ms, for a 30kHz subcarrier spacing, a time slot length is 0.5ms, and so on.
需要说明的是,图3仅为便于理解,示意性地示出超帧和无线帧的结构,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请中的方法依然适用于其它类型的超帧和无线帧结构。It should be noted that FIG. 3 is only for the convenience of understanding, and schematically shows the structures of superframes and radio frames, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application, and the methods in this application are still applicable to other types of superframes and radio frames. frame structure.
其中,分配给第一系统的资源(即第一子载波集合)是用于第一系统中的第一控制节点和第一系统中的第一通信设备使用的。当第一系统中的第一控制节点和/或第一通信设备需要进行通信时,可以占用第一子载波集合进行数据传输。分配给第二系统的资源(即第二子载波集合)是用于第二系统中的第二控制节点和第二系统中的第二通信设备使用的。当第二系统中的第二控制节点和/或第二通信设备需要进行通信时,可以占用第二子载波集合进行数据传输。需要说明的是,第一控制节点和/或第一通信设备可以占用第一子载波集合向第二控制节点发送数据,第二控制节点可以占用第二子载波集合向第一控制节点和/或第一通信设备发送数据,即第一系统中的设备占用第一子载波集合进行数据传输,第二系统中的设备占用第二子载波集合进行数据传输。The resources allocated to the first system (ie, the first set of subcarriers) are used by the first control node in the first system and the first communication device in the first system. When the first control node and/or the first communication device in the first system need to communicate, the first subcarrier set may be occupied for data transmission. The resources allocated to the second system (ie, the second set of subcarriers) are for use by the second control node in the second system and the second communication device in the second system. When the second control node and/or the second communication device in the second system need to communicate, the second subcarrier set may be occupied for data transmission. It should be noted that the first control node and/or the first communication device may occupy the first set of subcarriers to send data to the second control node, and the second control node may occupy the second set of subcarriers to send data to the first control node and/or The first communication device sends data, that is, the device in the first system occupies the first subcarrier set for data transmission, and the device in the second system occupies the second subcarrier set for data transmission.
在一种可能实施例中,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一系统在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。In a possible embodiment, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first system in the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe In the case of , the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
具体地,当所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置可以为无线帧内的Gap符号时,第一系统中的第一控制节点和/或第一通信设备可以在Gap符号对应频域位置的子载波集合上进行C链路方向或T链路方向的数据传输。在这种情况下,如果第一系统在下一个超帧的传输方向和第一子系统在当前超帧的传输 方向不同,则当前超帧的最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号上不能用于第一系统中设备进行数据传输。Specifically, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set may be the Gap symbol in the radio frame, the first control node and/or the first communication device in the first system may be at the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol Data transmission in the C-link direction or the T-link direction is performed on the set of subcarriers. In this case, if the transmission direction of the first system in the next superframe and the transmission direction of the first subsystem in the current superframe are different, the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame of the current superframe cannot be used for the first A device in a system transmits data.
在一种可能的实施例中,在所述第二系统在部分超帧或全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号。In a possible embodiment, when the second system occupies the first subcarrier set in a part of the superframe or all the superframes, on the first symbol, the first subcarrier set The transmission direction is the same as or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, and the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame.
其中,为了提高频域资源的利用率,第二系统可以在特定条件下可以使用第一子载波集合。当第二系统可以在部分超帧或所有超帧占用第一子载波集合时,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,即第一子载波集合在无线帧内每个符号上的传输方向与第二系统的配置相同。例如,假设第二系统中第二子载波的传输方法如图3所示,即超帧中无线帧的前4个符号的传输方向为C链路方向,后4个符号的传输方向为T链路方向;则在第二系统占用第一子载波集合时,则无线帧中前4个符号对应频域位置的第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向,无线帧的后四个符号对应频域位置的第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向,即第一系统和第二系统占用的超帧中的无线帧内符号配比相同。Wherein, in order to improve the utilization rate of frequency domain resources, the second system may use the first subcarrier set under certain conditions. When the second system can occupy the first subcarrier set in some or all superframes, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, that is, the first subcarrier set The transmission direction of the carrier set on each symbol in the radio frame is the same as the configuration of the second system. For example, it is assumed that the transmission method of the second subcarrier in the second system is shown in Figure 3, that is, the transmission direction of the first 4 symbols of the radio frame in the superframe is the C link direction, and the transmission direction of the last 4 symbols is the T link direction When the second system occupies the first subcarrier set, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set corresponding to the frequency domain position of the first four symbols in the radio frame is the C link direction, and the last four symbols of the radio frame The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set corresponding to the frequency domain position is the T link direction, that is, the ratio of symbols in the radio frame in the superframe occupied by the first system and the second system is the same.
举例说明,在车内通信场景中,假设第一系统为PEPS子系统,而第二系统为支持车内语音和时频业务的子系统,在车辆未启动状态下,PEPS子系统占用第一子载波集合,第二系统占用的时频资源在频域上和所述第一子载波集合之间至少存在G个子载波的保护间隔。当车辆处于启动状态后,PEPS子系统处于停止工作状态,这种情况下,第二子系统可以占用该第一子载波集合。For example, in the in-vehicle communication scenario, it is assumed that the first system is a PEPS subsystem, and the second system is a subsystem that supports in-vehicle voice and time-frequency services. When the vehicle is not started, the PEPS subsystem occupies the first subsystem. A set of carriers. There is a guard interval of at least G subcarriers between the time-frequency resources occupied by the second system in the frequency domain and the first set of subcarriers. When the vehicle is in a starting state, the PEPS subsystem is in a stop working state. In this case, the second subsystem may occupy the first subcarrier set.
在本申请实施例中,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。In this embodiment of the present application, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
其中,为了减少不同系统之间的带内泄露干扰,第一系统占用的第一子载波集合与第二系统占用的第二子载波集合之间可以存在G个子载波的保护间隔,和/或第一系统占用的第一子载波集合与其他第一系统占用的子载波集合之间可以存在G个子载波的保护间隔,和/或第二系统占用的第二子载波集合与其他第一系统占用的子载波集合之间可以存在G个子载波的保护间隔,并且任何系统均不能占用该G个子载波的保护间隔。Wherein, in order to reduce in-band leakage interference between different systems, a guard interval of G subcarriers may exist between the first set of subcarriers occupied by the first system and the second set of subcarriers occupied by the second system, and/or the There may be a guard interval of G subcarriers between the first set of subcarriers occupied by one system and the set of subcarriers occupied by other first systems, and/or the second set of subcarriers occupied by the second system and the set of subcarriers occupied by other first systems A guard interval of G subcarriers may exist between the subcarrier sets, and any system cannot occupy the guard interval of the G subcarriers.
在一种可能的实施例中,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。In a possible embodiment, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are consecutive in the frequency domain.
其中,在第一系统占用第一子载波集合发送数据的时间与第二系统占用第二子载波集合发送数据的时间不同时,第一系统与第二系统之间不会造成带内泄露,此时,第一子载波集合与第二子载波集合在频域上可以连续。例如,在车内通信场景中,假设第一系统为PEPS子系统,而第二系统为支持车内语音和时频业务的子系统,在车辆未启动状态下,PEPS子系统占用第一子载波集合,第二系统占用第二子载波集合;当车辆处于启动状态后,PEPS子系统处于停止工作状态,这种情况下,第二子载波集合与第一子载波集合在频域上可以连续。Wherein, when the time that the first system occupies the first set of subcarriers to send data is different from the time that the second system occupies the second set of subcarriers to send data, in-band leakage will not be caused between the first system and the second system. , the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set may be continuous in the frequency domain. For example, in the in-vehicle communication scenario, it is assumed that the first system is a PEPS subsystem, and the second system is a subsystem that supports in-vehicle voice and time-frequency services. When the vehicle is not started, the PEPS subsystem occupies the first subcarrier set, the second system occupies the second set of sub-carriers; when the vehicle is in the starting state, the PEPS subsystem is in the stopped working state, in this case, the second set of sub-carriers and the first set of sub-carriers may be continuous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of one subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold.
其中,当第一系统与第二系统在地理位置上接近,或者第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限时,第一系统和第二系统造成的远近效应较弱,第二控制节点可以将该第一子载波集合与该第二子载波集合在频域上配置或预配置为连续。Wherein, when the first system and the second system are geographically close, or the difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set When the value is less than the preset threshold, the far-near effect caused by the first system and the second system is weak, and the second control node can configure or preconfigure the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set to be continuous in the frequency domain .
举例说明,假设第一系统的第一控制节点和第二系统的第二控制节点在地理位置上非常接近,且第一系统内的第一控制节点占用C链路符号对应频域位置的第一子载波集合发送C链路方向的数据,第二系统内的第二控制节点占用C链路符号对应频域位置的其它子载波集合发送C链路方向的数据。在这种情况下,由于第一通信设备接收第二控制节点和第一控制节点发送的每个子载波上的发送功率接近,造成的远近效应较弱,所以第一子载波集合与第二子载波集合之间可以不留有保护子载波。For example, it is assumed that the first control node of the first system and the second control node of the second system are very close geographically, and the first control node in the first system occupies the first position in the frequency domain corresponding to the C-link symbol. The subcarrier set transmits data in the C link direction, and the second control node in the second system occupies other subcarrier sets in the frequency domain position corresponding to the C link symbol to transmit data in the C link direction. In this case, since the transmit powers on each subcarrier sent by the first communication device and the second control node are close to each other, the far-near effect is weak, so the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier There may be no guard subcarriers left between sets.
举例说明,假设第一系统的第一控制节点和第二系统的第二控制节点在地理位置上非常接近,第一系统内的第一通信设备占用T链路符号对应频域位置的第一子载波集合发送T链路方向的数据,第二系 统内的第二控制节点占用T链路符号对应频域位置的其它子载波集合发送T链路方向的数据。在这种情况下,由于第二控制节点和第一控制节点接收第一系统内的第一通信设备的信号功率接近,造成的远近效应较弱,所以第一子载波集合与第二子载波集合之间可以不留有保护子载波。For example, it is assumed that the first control node of the first system and the second control node of the second system are very close geographically, and the first communication device in the first system occupies the first sub-section of the frequency domain position corresponding to the T link symbol. The carrier set transmits data in the T link direction, and the second control node in the second system occupies other subcarrier sets in the frequency domain position corresponding to the T link symbol to transmit data in the T link direction. In this case, since the signal power of the first communication device in the first system received by the second control node and the first control node is close, the far-near effect is weak, so the first sub-carrier set and the second sub-carrier set are There may be no guard subcarriers left in between.
在本申请实施例中,通过第二控制节点来获取第一子载波集合的位置信息和/或第二子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合为在所述第一系统占用超帧中的子载波集合,所述第二子载波集合为在所述第二系统占用超帧中的子载波集合,以及通过控制节点来确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息,可以实现第一系统和第二系统在相同载波上的有效资源协调,避免系统之间产生干扰。In this embodiment of the present application, the location information of the first subcarrier set and/or the location information of the second subcarrier set is acquired through the second control node, where the first subcarrier set is occupied by the first system for more than The set of subcarriers in the frame, the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second system, and the position information of the first set of subcarriers is determined by the control node, so that the first set of subcarriers can be realized. Effective resource coordination between the first system and the second system on the same carrier prevents interference between the systems.
请参阅图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于如图1a-图1c所述的应用场景,以及如图2所述的无线通信系统。如图4所示,该资源分配方法包括以下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1a-1c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 4, the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
S410、第一通信设备获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。S410. The first communication device acquires location information of a first set of subcarriers, the first set of subcarriers is used for communication in a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, according to The location information determines the location of the first subcarrier set, where the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location of the first subcarrier set information.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
其中,第一通信设备可以通过预配置确定第一子载波集合的位置信息,例如,第一通信设备可以根据预配置确定所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧的最后10个连续子载波。Wherein, the first communication device may determine the location information of the first set of subcarriers through preconfiguration, for example, the first communication device may determine, according to the preconfiguration, that the first set of subcarriers is located in the last 10 consecutive subcarriers of the superframe .
在一些示例中,第一通信设备可以接收第一系统中的第一控制节点发送的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息中可以包括所述位置信息,第一通信设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。在一些示例中,第一通信设备在接收第一系统中的第一控制节点发送的第一配置信息,。In some examples, the first communication device may receive first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system, the first configuration information may include the location information, and the first communication device may be based on the first configuration The information determines location information of the first set of subcarriers. In some examples, the first communication device is receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system.
其中,第一通信设备还可以接收第二系统中的第二控制节点发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息中可以包括所述位置信息,第一通信设备可以根据该第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。在一些示例中,第一通信设备在接收第一系统中的第一控制节点和第二系统中的第二控制节点发送的第一配置信息,第一通信设备可以通过第一系统中的第一控制节点发送的第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。在一些示例中,第一通信设备在接收第一系统中的第一控制节点和/或第二系统中的第二控制节点发送的第一配置信息,第一通信设备仍可以通过预配置确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。The first communication device may also receive first configuration information sent by a second control node in the second system, where the first configuration information may include the location information, and the first communication device may determine the first configuration information according to the first configuration information. Location information for a set of subcarriers. In some examples, the first communication device is receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system and the second control node in the second system, and the first communication device may pass the first configuration information in the first system. The first configuration information sent by the control node determines the location information of the first set of subcarriers. In some examples, when the first communication device is receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node in the first system and/or the second control node in the second system, the first communication device may still determine the first Location information for a set of subcarriers.
需要说明的是,上述方法也可以应用与第二系统中的第二通信设备。应用于第二通信设备时,该方法中的第一控制节点为第二控制节点。It should be noted that the above method can also be applied to the second communication device in the second system. When applied to the second communication device, the first control node in the method is the second control node.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合在的位置,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。通过第一通信设备确定第一系统的设备可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统的资源分配。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first set of subcarriers. The communication device and the first control node determine the location where the first set of subcarriers is located according to the location information, where the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and all frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set. The resource allocation of the first system is realized by determining the time-frequency resources available to the devices of the first system by the first communication device.
请参阅图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于如图1a-图1c所述的应用场景,以及如图2所述的无线通信系统。如图5所示,该资源分配方法包括以下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1 a to 1 c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 5, the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
S510、第一控制节点获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。S510. The first control node acquires location information of a first set of subcarriers, the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and the first control node, according to The location information determines the location of the first subcarrier set, where the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location of the first subcarrier set information.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
在本申请实施例中,第一系统包括第一控制节点和至少一个第一通信设备,第一控制节点可以通过预配置来确定该第一系统占用超帧中所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置。In this embodiment of the present application, the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device, and the first control node may determine, through preconfiguration, that the first system occupies neutrons in the first subcarrier set in the superframe The number N of carriers and the frequency domain location of the first set of subcarriers.
其中,第一控制节点通过预配置可以确定第一系统占用超帧内的特定子载波集合,例如,如图6a 所示,第一系统可以占用超帧中的开始N个连续子载波。在本申请实施例中,所述N为小于或等于40的正整数。The first control node may determine, through preconfiguration, that the first system occupies a specific set of subcarriers in the superframe. For example, as shown in FIG. 6a, the first system may occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers in the superframe. In the embodiments of the present application, the N is a positive integer less than or equal to 40.
需要说明的是,所述第一子载波集合可以是超帧中任一连续的N个子载波,也可以是超帧中任一非连续的N个子载波,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the first set of subcarriers may be any continuous N subcarriers in the superframe, or may be any non-consecutive N subcarriers in the superframe, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
在一种可能的实施例中,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。In a possible embodiment, when part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
其中,第一控制节点可以通过预配置来确定第一系统占用的Gap符号的时域位置,以及每个Gap符号上占用的第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N和第一子载波集合的频域位置,例如,第一控制节点通过预配置可以确定第一系统占用超帧内所有无线帧的所有Gap符号上的子载波集合,如图6b所示;在一些示例中,第一控制节点通过预配置可以确定第一系统占用超帧内所有无线帧的第一个或第二个Gap符号上的子载波集合,在一些示例中,第一控制节点通过预配置可以确定第一系统占用超帧内部分无线帧的所有Gap符号上的子载波集合,在一些示例中,第一控制节点通过预配置可以确定第一系统占用超帧内部分无线帧的第一个或第二个Gap符号上的子载波集合。进一步地,第一系统可以占用Gap符号对应频域位置的部分子载波或全部子载波。The first control node may determine, through pre-configuration, the time domain position of the Gap symbols occupied by the first system, and the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers occupied by each Gap symbol and the number N of the first set of subcarriers. The frequency domain location, for example, the first control node can determine, through pre-configuration, that the first system occupies a set of subcarriers on all Gap symbols of all radio frames in the superframe, as shown in FIG. 6b; in some examples, the first control node Through preconfiguration, it may be determined that the first system occupies a set of subcarriers on the first or second Gap symbols of all radio frames in the superframe. In some examples, the first control node may determine through preconfiguration that the first system occupies the superframe. A set of subcarriers on all Gap symbols of part of the radio frame in the frame. In some examples, the first control node may determine, through pre-configuration, that the first system occupies the first or second Gap symbols of part of the radio frame in the superframe. set of subcarriers. Further, the first system may occupy part or all of the subcarriers in the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol.
在一种可能的实施例中,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。In a possible embodiment, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or, the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set When some or all of the T-link symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the C-link symbols or the symbol positions of the T-link symbols.
其中,第一控制节点可以通过预配置来确定第一系统占用超帧中的第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N、第一子载波集合的频域位置以及第一子载波集合对应时域位置的符号位置。该符号位置可以部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,也可以部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号。The first control node may determine the number N of subcarriers in the first subcarrier set in the superframe occupied by the first system, the frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set, and the time domain corresponding to the first subcarrier set through pre-configuration The symbol position of the location. The symbol position may be part of C-link symbols or all of C-link symbols, or part of T-link symbols or all of T-link symbols.
具体地,第一系统的C链路符号或T链路符号可以占用超帧内特定符号上的特定子载波集合,例如,如图6c所示,第一系统的C链路符号占用超帧内的全部C链路符号上的开始N个连续子载波。在一些示例中,第一系统的T链路符号占用超帧内的部分C链路符号上的开始N个连续子载波。在一些示例中,第一系统的T链路符号占用超帧内的部分或全部T链路符号上的开始N个连续子载波。一个超帧内的所述N个子载波只用于第一系统一个方向的发送,C链路方法或T链路方向。Specifically, the C-link symbol or the T-link symbol of the first system may occupy a specific subcarrier set on a specific symbol in the superframe. For example, as shown in FIG. 6c, the C-link symbol of the first system occupies the superframe. The first N consecutive subcarriers on all C-link symbols of . In some examples, the T-link symbols of the first system occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers on a portion of the C-link symbols within the superframe. In some examples, the T-link symbols of the first system occupy the first N contiguous subcarriers on some or all of the T-link symbols within the superframe. The N subcarriers in one superframe are only used for transmission in one direction of the first system, the C link method or the T link direction.
在本申请实施例中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向。In the embodiment of the present application, the method further includes: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction.
其中,第一系统中的第一控制节点可以进一步确定一个周期内各个无线帧上所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。The first control node in the first system may further determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers on each radio frame within a period.
可选的,所述超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。Optionally, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
具体地,一个超帧内的所述第一子载波集合可以只用于第一系统一个方向的发送(C链路方向或T链路方向),S个超帧可以组成一个周期,该周期内的前P个超帧可以用于C链路方向的数据发送,之后的S-P个超帧可以用于T链路方向的数据发送。P的值可以由第一系统中的第一控制节点来确定。举例说明,如图6d所示,S=10,P=9,该周期内的前9个超帧可以用于C链路方向的数据发送,最后一个超帧可以用于T链路方向的数据发送。在一些示例中,S周期内的偶数超帧可用于C链路方向的数据发送,奇数超帧可以用于T链路方向的数据发送。在另一些示例中,第一系统内也可以将所有超帧均用于C链路方向的数据发送或T链路方向的数据发送。当然,本申请实施例也不局限于其他确定传输方向的方法。Specifically, the first set of subcarriers in one superframe may only be used for transmission in one direction (C link direction or T link direction) of the first system, and S superframes may form a period, and within this period The first P superframes can be used for data transmission in the C link direction, and the next SP superframes can be used for data transmission in the T link direction. The value of P may be determined by the first control node in the first system. For example, as shown in Figure 6d, S=10, P=9, the first 9 superframes in this period can be used for data transmission in the direction of C link, and the last superframe can be used for data in the direction of T link send. In some examples, even-numbered superframes within the S period may be used for data transmission in the C-link direction, and odd-numbered superframes may be used for data transmission in the T-link direction. In other examples, all superframes in the first system may also be used for data transmission in the C-link direction or data transmission in the T-link direction. Of course, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to other methods for determining the transmission direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the transmission direction of the subcarrier set on the k radio frames in the superframe is the direction of the C link. The transmission direction is the T link direction, and the sum of m and k is less than or equal to the i.
具体地,一个超帧内不同无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合可以用于第一系统不同方向的发送,例如,一个超帧内的前24个无线帧内的所述第一子载波集合用于C链路方向的数据发送,后24个无线帧的第一子载波集合用于T链路方向的数据发送。Specifically, the first set of subcarriers on different radio frames in a superframe may be used for transmission in different directions of the first system, for example, the first subcarriers in the first 24 radio frames in a superframe The set is used for data transmission in the C link direction, and the first subcarrier set in the last 24 radio frames is used for data transmission in the T link direction.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction; in the case that the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are part of the T link symbols, or all the T link symbols, all the super The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the frame is the T link direction.
具体地,如果所述第一子载波集合对应时域位置为无线帧内的C链路符号,则所有超帧内中的所述第一子载波集合均用于C链路方向的数据发送;反之,如果所述第一子载波集合的时域位置为无线帧内的T链路符号,则所有超帧内的所述第一子载波集合只均用于T链路方向的数据发送。Specifically, if the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C link symbol in the radio frame, then the first subcarrier set in all superframes is used for data transmission in the C link direction; On the contrary, if the time domain position of the first subcarrier set is the T link symbol in the radio frame, the first subcarrier set in all superframes is only used for data transmission in the T link direction.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。Optionally, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L. The time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
其中,在第一控制节点在Gap符号上发送数据时,第一控制节点需要生成时间长度为64*Ts的OFDM符号,或生成时间长度为(64+X)*Ts的OFDM符号,其中,64*Ts为数据部分,X*Ts为循环前缀,X可以为5或14,Ts=1/(480000×64)秒。在本申请实施例中,Gap符号的时间长度为44*Ts,即L=44*Ts,因此,如图6e所示,在Gap符号上只发送上述OFDM符号的最后44*Ts。Wherein, when the first control node sends data on the Gap symbol, the first control node needs to generate an OFDM symbol with a time length of 64*Ts, or an OFDM symbol with a time length of (64+X)*Ts, where 64 *Ts is the data part, X*Ts is the cyclic prefix, X can be 5 or 14, Ts=1/(480000×64) seconds. In this embodiment of the present application, the time length of the Gap symbol is 44*Ts, that is, L=44*Ts. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 6e, only the last 44*Ts of the above-mentioned OFDM symbol is sent on the Gap symbol.
可选的,所述上述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。Optionally, the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the above-mentioned OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
具体地,如图6e所示,在第一控制节点在Gap符号上发送数据时,可以将调制后的OFDM符号映射到超帧的偶数子载波,并生成时间长度为64*Ts的OFDM符号,或生成时间长度为(64+X)*Ts的OFDM符号,然后在Gap符号上只发送该OFDM符号的最后44*Ts。在一些示例中,在第一控制节点在Gap符号上发送数据时,可以将调制后的OFDM符号映射到超帧的奇数子载波,并生成时间长度为64*Ts的OFDM符号,或生成时间长度为(64+X)*Ts的OFDM符号,然后在Gap符号上只发送该OFDM符号的最后44*Ts。Specifically, as shown in Figure 6e, when the first control node sends data on the Gap symbol, the modulated OFDM symbol can be mapped to the even-numbered subcarriers of the superframe, and an OFDM symbol with a time length of 64*Ts is generated, Or generate an OFDM symbol with a time length of (64+X)*Ts, and then send only the last 44*Ts of the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol. In some examples, when the first control node transmits data on Gap symbols, the modulated OFDM symbols may be mapped to odd-numbered sub-carriers of the superframe, and OFDM symbols with a time length of 64*Ts are generated, or a time length of is an OFDM symbol of (64+X)*Ts, and then only the last 44*Ts of the OFDM symbol are sent on the Gap symbol.
在一种可能的实施例中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一通信设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述超帧中所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。In a possible embodiment, the method further includes: sending second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first subcarrier set in the superframe transfer direction.
S520、第一控制节点向第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括位置信息。S520. The first control node sends first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information includes location information.
S530、第一通信设备接收来自第一控制节点的第一配置信息,并基于第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。S530. The first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
其中,对于第一系统内的第一通信设备,可以通过接收来自第一系统中第一控制节点发送的第一配置信息来确定第一系统可以占用超帧中的第一子载波集合中的子载波的数量N和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置,从而在对应的第一子载波集合的频域位置上发送或接收数据。Wherein, for the first communication device in the first system, it may be determined by receiving the first configuration information sent from the first control node in the first system that the first system can occupy the sub-carriers in the first sub-carrier set in the superframe The number N of carriers and the frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set, so that data is sent or received at the corresponding frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set.
在一种可能的实施例中,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。In a possible embodiment, when part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
第一通信设备接收到第一控制节点发送的第一配置信息后,可以确定第一系统可用的Gap符号的时域位置,每个Gap符号上占用的第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N和第一子载波集合的频域位置。如图6b所示,根据第一配置信息,第一通信设备可以确定该第一系统可以占用超帧内部分无线帧的全部Gap符号。在一些示例中,第一系统可以占用超帧内部分无线帧的部分Gap符号,或者可以占用超帧内全部无线帧的部分Gap符号,或者可以占用超帧内全部无线帧的全部Gap符号。第一系统可以占用Gap符号对应频域位置的部分子载波或全部子载波。After receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node, the first communication device can determine the time domain position of the Gap symbols available to the first system, and the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers occupied by each Gap symbol. and the frequency domain location of the first set of subcarriers. As shown in FIG. 6b, according to the first configuration information, the first communication device can determine that the first system can occupy all Gap symbols of some radio frames in the superframe. In some examples, the first system may occupy some Gap symbols of some radio frames within the superframe, or may occupy some Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe, or may occupy all Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe. The first system may occupy part or all of the subcarriers in the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol.
在一种可能的实施例中,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。In a possible embodiment, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or, the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set When some or all of the T-link symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the C-link symbols or the symbol positions of the T-link symbols.
其中,第一通信设备接收到第一控制节点发送的第一配置信息后,可以确定第一系统在时域上的用于C链路方向的符号位置或用于T链路方向的符号位置,以及频域上的第一子载波集合中的子载波的数量N和第一子载波集合的频域位置。如图6c所示,根据第一配置信息,第一通信设备可以确定该第一系统可以占用超帧内全部无线帧的全部C链路符号对应频域位置的开始N个连续子载波。Wherein, after receiving the first configuration information sent by the first control node, the first communication device may determine the symbol position for the C link direction or the symbol position for the T link direction of the first system in the time domain, and the number N of subcarriers in the first subcarrier set in the frequency domain and the frequency domain position of the first subcarrier set. As shown in FIG. 6c, according to the first configuration information, the first communication device can determine that the first system can occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain corresponding to all C-link symbols of all radio frames in the superframe.
在本申请实施例中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向。In the embodiment of the present application, the method further includes: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction.
其中,第一通信设备可以接收来自第一控制节点发送的第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。具体地,第一通信设备可以根据第二配置信息确定第一系统内一个超帧内的所述第一子载波集合可以只用于第一系统一个方向的发送,或者,确定第一系统内一个超帧内不同子载波上的所述第一子载波集合可以用于第一系统不同方向的发送。The first communication device may receive the second configuration information sent from the first control node to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers. Specifically, the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, that the first set of subcarriers in a superframe in the first system may only be used for transmission in one direction of the first system, or determine a set of subcarriers in the first system The first set of subcarriers on different subcarriers in the superframe may be used for transmission in different directions of the first system.
具体地,第一通信设备可以根据第二配置信息确定第一系统内所有的超帧均用于C链路或T链路。例如,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置可以位于一个超帧内的所有C链路符号上,或者所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置位于一个超帧内特定无线帧的部分C链路符号上;或者所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置位于一个超帧内部分无线帧的全部C链路符号上。Specifically, the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, that all superframes in the first system are used for the C link or the T link. For example, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set may be located on all C-link symbols in a superframe, or the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set may be located in a specific radio frame in a superframe. on part of the C-link symbols; or the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are located on all the C-link symbols of part of the radio frame within a superframe.
进一步地,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,第一通信设备可以根据第二配置信息确定每个超帧内第一子系统可用的Gap符号的传输方向。例如,第一通信设备可以根据第二配置信息确定所有超帧内第一系统可用的Gap符号的传输方法均为C链路方向。Further, in the case that the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, the number of Gap symbols available to the first subsystem in each superframe. transfer direction. For example, the first communication device may determine, according to the second configuration information, that the transmission method of the Gap symbols available to the first system in all superframes is the C link direction.
在一些示例中,第一通信设备也可以通过预配置来确定每个超帧内所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,或者,在接收到第二配置信息后,第一通信设备仍通过预配置来确定每个超帧内所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。例如,第一通信设备可以根据预配置确定第一系统内所有的超帧均用于C链路,或者第一通信设备可以根据预配置确定所有超帧内第一系统可用的Gap符号的传输方法均为C链路方向。In some examples, the first communication device may also determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set in each superframe through pre-configuration, or, after receiving the second configuration information, the first communication device still uses pre-configuration is configured to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers within each superframe. For example, the first communication device may determine, according to the pre-configuration, that all superframes in the first system are used for the C link, or the first communication device may determine, according to the pre-configuration, a transmission method of Gap symbols available to the first system in all superframes Both are in the C link direction.
需要说明的是,上述方法也可以应用与第二系统中的第二通信设备。应用于第二通信设备时,该方法中的第一控制节点为第二控制节点。It should be noted that the above method can also be applied to the second communication device in the second system. When applied to the second communication device, the first control node in the method is the second control node.
可以看出,第一控制节点获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合在的位置;所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息;第一控制节点向第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括位置信息;第一通信设备接收来自第一控制节点的第一配置信息,并基于第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。在本申请中,第一控制节点根据预配置可以确定第一系统可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统内的资源分配,并且通过第一控制节点统一分配资源,能够避免与其他系统的干扰。It can be seen that the first control node obtains the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the communication of the first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and the first control node ; According to the location information, determine the location where the first subcarrier set is located; the location information includes at least one of the following: the time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and the first subcarrier set frequency domain location information; the first control node sends first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information includes location information; the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and based on the first configuration information Determine location information for the first set of subcarriers. In the present application, the first control node can determine the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system according to the pre-configuration, which realizes the resource allocation in the first system, and allocates resources uniformly through the first control node, which can avoid conflicts with other systems. interference.
请参阅图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于如图1a-图1c所述的应用场景,以及如图2所述的无线通信系统。如图7所示,该资源分配方法包括以下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 7 . FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1 a to 1 c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in FIG. 7 , the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
S710、第二控制节点向第一控制节点发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。S710. The second control node sends first configuration information to the first control node, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, The first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time-domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and frequency of the first set of subcarriers; Domain location information.
在本申请实施例中,第一系统中包括第一控制节点和至少一个第一通信设备,第二系统包括第二控制节点至少一个第二通信设备,第二控制节点可以负责协调多个所述第一系统使用的时频资源。其中,第二控制节点可以向所述第一系统中的第一控制节点广播所述第一配置信息,来确定所述第一系统在可以使用的时频资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device, the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device, and the second control node may be responsible for coordinating a plurality of the Time-frequency resources used by the first system. The second control node may broadcast the first configuration information to the first control node in the first system to determine time-frequency resources available to the first system.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
其中,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用超帧内的特定子载波集合,例如,如图6a所示,第一系统可以占用超帧中的开始N个连续子载波。The second control node may configure the first system to occupy a specific set of subcarriers in the superframe. For example, as shown in FIG. 6a, the first system may occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers in the superframe.
需要说明的是,所述第一子载波集合可以是超帧中任一连续的N个子载波,也可以是超帧中任一非连续的N个子载波,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the first set of subcarriers may be any continuous N subcarriers in the superframe, or may be any non-consecutive N subcarriers in the superframe, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用的所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号。并且当所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号时,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。In a possible embodiment, the second control node may configure part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set occupied by the first system to be the Gap symbols. And when part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
如图6b所示,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用超帧内部分或全部无线帧的全部Gap符号。在 一些示例中,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用超帧内部分或全部无线帧的部分Gap符号。第一系统可以占用Gap符号对应频域位置的部分子载波集合或全部子载波集合。As shown in FIG. 6b, the second control node may configure the first system to occupy all Gap symbols of part or all of the radio frames in the superframe. In some examples, the second control node may configure the first system to occupy part of the Gap symbols of part or all of the radio frame within the superframe. The first system may occupy part or all of the subcarrier set at the frequency domain position corresponding to the Gap symbol.
具体地,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用的Gap符号的时域位置,以及每个Gap符号上占用的第一子载波集合中的子载波的数量N和第一子载波集合的频域位置,例如,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用超帧内所有无线帧的所有Gap符号上的第一子载波集合,或者占用超帧内所有无线帧的第一个或第二个Gap符号上的第一子载波集合,或者占用超帧内部分无线帧的Gap符号上的第一子载波集合,或者占用超帧内部分无线帧的第一个或第二个Gap符号上的第一子载波集合。Specifically, the second control node may configure the time domain position of the Gap symbols occupied by the first system, the number N of subcarriers in the first subcarrier set occupied on each Gap symbol, and the frequency domain of the first subcarrier set Location, for example, the second control node may configure the first system to occupy the first set of subcarriers on all Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe, or occupy the first or second Gap symbols of all radio frames within the superframe or occupy the first subcarrier set on the Gap symbol of part of the radio frame in the superframe, or occupy the first subcarrier set on the first or second Gap symbol of part of the radio frame in the superframe carrier set.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统占用所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号。当所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号时,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。In a possible embodiment, the second control node may configure the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set occupied by the first system to be part or all of the C link symbols, or the second control The node may configure the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set occupied by the first system to be partially T link symbols or all T link symbols. When part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are T link symbols In the case of a T-link symbol, the location information further includes a C-link symbol or a symbol position of the T-link symbol.
如图6c所示,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统的C链路符号或T链路符号占用超帧内特定符号上的特定子载波集合,例如,第二控制节点可以配置第一系统的C链路符号占用超帧内的部分或全部C链路符号上的开始N个连续子载波,或者第一系统的T链路符号占用超帧内的部分或全部T链路符号上的开始N个连续子载波。一个超帧内的所述N个子载波集合只用于第一系统一个方向的发送,C链路方法或T链路方向。As shown in FIG. 6c, the second control node may configure the C link symbol or the T link symbol of the first system to occupy a specific subcarrier set on a specific symbol in the superframe. For example, the second control node may configure the first system The C-link symbols occupy the first N consecutive subcarriers on some or all of the C-link symbols in the superframe, or the T-link symbols of the first system occupy the first N on some or all of the T-link symbols in the superframe consecutive subcarriers. The N subcarrier sets in one superframe are only used for transmission in one direction of the first system, the C link method or the T link direction.
S720、第一控制节点接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并基于第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。S720. The first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
其中,多个所述第一系统中的第一控制节点通过接收第二系统中的第二控制节点广播的第一配置信息,可以确定该第一控制节点所属的第一系统可以使用的时频资源,即超帧中第一子载波集合的位置信息。Wherein, the first control nodes in the plurality of first systems can determine the time-frequency that can be used by the first system to which the first control node belongs by receiving the first configuration information broadcast by the second control nodes in the second system Resource, that is, the location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
S730、第一控制节点向第一通信设备发送第一配置信息。S730. The first control node sends the first configuration information to the first communication device.
S740、第一通信设备接收来自第一控制节点的第一配置信息,并第一通信设备基于第一配置信息确定超帧中子载波集合的位置信息。S740. The first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and the first communication device determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information.
其中,上述S720-S740的具体描述可以参照上述图5所描述的资源分配方法的相应步骤,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific description of the above S720-S740, reference may be made to the corresponding steps of the resource allocation method described in the above-mentioned FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
可以看出,第二控制节点向第一控制节点发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息;第一控制节点接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并基于第一配置信息确定超帧中子载波集合的位置信息;第一控制节点向第一通信设备发送第一配置信息;第一通信设备接收来自第一控制节点的第一配置信息,并第一通信设备基于第一配置信息确定超帧中子载波集合的位置信息。在本申请中,通过第二控制节点配置第一系统可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统内的资源分配,并且通过第二控制节点统一分配资源,可以实现多个系统在同一个载波上的有效资源协调,避免与多个系统之间的干扰。It can be seen that the second control node sends the first configuration information to the first control node, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first subcarrier set, and the first subcarrier set is used for the first system communication, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and the first set of subcarriers frequency domain location information; the first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information; the first control node sends the first communication device to the first communication device. Configuration information; the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the first control node, and the first communication device determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information. In this application, by configuring the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system through the second control node, the resource allocation in the first system is realized, and by uniformly assigning resources through the second control node, multiple systems on the same carrier can be realized Effective resource coordination on top to avoid interference with multiple systems.
请参阅图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于如图1a-图1c所述的应用场景,以及如图2所述的无线通信系统。如图8所示,该资源分配方法包括以下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1 a to 1 c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in FIG. 8 , the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
S810、第二控制节点向第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。S810. The second control node sends first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of the first system, The first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time-domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and frequency of the first set of subcarriers; Domain location information.
在本申请实施例中,第一系统中包括第一控制节点和至少一个第一通信设备,第二系统包括第二控制节点和至少一个第二通信设备,第二控制节点可以负责协调多个所述第一系统使用的时频资源。其中, 第二控制节点可以直接向所述第一系统中的第一通信设备广播所述第一配置信息,来确定所述第一系统在可以使用的时频资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device, the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device, and the second control node may be responsible for coordinating multiple Describe the time-frequency resources used by the first system. The second control node may directly broadcast the first configuration information to the first communication device in the first system to determine the time-frequency resources available to the first system.
其中,上述位置信息的配置的具体描述可以参照上述图7所描述的资源分配方法的相应步骤,在此不再赘述。For the specific description of the configuration of the above location information, reference may be made to the corresponding steps of the resource allocation method described in FIG. 7 , which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一系统中的第一通信设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所有所述超帧中第一所述子载波集合的传输方向。In the embodiment of the present application, the method further includes: sending second configuration information to a first communication device in the first system, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first configuration information in all the superframes. The transmission direction of the set of subcarriers.
S820、第一通信设备接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并基于第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。S820. The first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
其中,第一通信设备通过接收第二系统中的第二控制节点广播的第一配置信息,可以确定该第一通信设备所在的系统可以使用的时频资源。The first communication device may determine the time-frequency resources available to the system where the first communication device is located by receiving the first configuration information broadcast by the second control node in the second system.
其中,根据第一配置信息确定第一系统可以占用第一子载波集合位置信息的具体实现方式可以参照上述图5所描述的资源分配方法的相应步骤,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for a specific implementation manner of determining the location information of the first subcarrier set that can be occupied by the first system according to the first configuration information, reference may be made to the corresponding steps of the resource allocation method described in FIG.
在本申请实施例中,所述方法还包括:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。In the embodiment of the present application, the method further includes: determining a transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
其中,第一通信设备可以接收来自第二控制节点发送的第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Wherein, the first communication device may receive the second configuration information sent from the second control node to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
在一些示例中,第一通信设备也可以通过预配置来确定每个超帧内所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。在另一些示例中,第一通信设备也可以接收来自第一系统的第一控制节点发送的第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。In some examples, the first communication device may also determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers in each superframe through pre-configuration. In other examples, the first communication device may also receive second configuration information sent from the first control node of the first system to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
其中,确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向的具体描述可以参照上述图5所描述的资源分配方法中的相应步骤,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the specific description of determining the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, reference may be made to the corresponding steps in the resource allocation method described in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述方法也可以应用与第二系统中的第二通信设备。It should be noted that the above method can also be applied to the second communication device in the second system.
可以看出,第二控制节点向第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息;第一通信设备接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并基于第一配置信息确定超帧中子载波集合的位置信息。在本申请中,通过第二控制节点配置第一系统中第一通信设备可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统内的资源分配,并且通过第二控制节点统一分配资源,可以实现多个系统在同一个载波上的有效资源协调,避免与多个系统之间的干扰。It can be seen that the second control node sends the first configuration information to the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first subcarrier set, and the first subcarrier set is used for the first system communication, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first set of subcarriers and the first set of subcarriers frequency domain location information; the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the subcarrier set in the superframe based on the first configuration information. In the present application, the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first communication device in the first system are configured by the second control node, thereby realizing resource allocation in the first system, and by uniformly allocating resources by the second control node, multiple Effective resource coordination of the system on the same carrier to avoid interference with multiple systems.
请参阅图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于如图1a-图1c所述的应用场景,以及如图2所述的无线通信系统。如图9所示,该资源分配方法包括以下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is applied to the application scenarios described in FIGS. 1a-1c and the wireless communication system described in FIG. 2 . As shown in Figure 9, the resource allocation method includes the following steps.
S910、第二控制节点向第一控制节点和第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。S910. The second control node sends first configuration information to the first control node and the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the first set of subcarriers. Communication of a system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and the first Frequency domain location information of the set of subcarriers.
S920、第一控制节点接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并根据第一配置信息确定超帧中第一子载波集合的位置信息;以及第一通信设备接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并根据第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。S920. The first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe according to the first configuration information; and the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node. configuration information, and the location information of the first subcarrier set is determined according to the first configuration information.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,第二控制节点向第一控制节点和第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息;第一控制节点接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并根据第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息;以及第一通信设备接收来自第二控制节点的第一配置信息,并根据第一配置信息确定第一子载波集合的位置信息。通过第二控制节点配置第一系统可以使用的时频资源,实现了第一系统内的资源分配,并且通过第二控制节点统一分配资源, 可以实现多个系统在同一个载波上的有效资源协调,避免多个系统之间的干扰。It can be seen that in this embodiment of the present application, the second control node sends the first configuration information to the first control node and the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain the location information of the first subcarrier set, so The first subcarrier set is used for communication in a first system, where the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node, and the location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set; the first control node receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set according to the first configuration information; and the first communication device receives the first configuration information from the second control node, and determines the location information of the first subcarrier set according to the first configuration information. By configuring the time-frequency resources that can be used by the first system by the second control node, resource allocation in the first system is realized, and by uniformly allocating resources by the second control node, effective resource coordination of multiple systems on the same carrier can be realized , to avoid interference between multiple systems.
其中,上述S910和S920的具体描述可以参照上述图7和图8所描述的资源分配方法的相应步骤,在此不再赘述。For the specific description of the above S910 and S920, reference may be made to the corresponding steps of the resource allocation method described in the above FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
下面结合图10,详细描述根据本申请实施例的资源分配装置。The resource allocation apparatus according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 10 .
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的一种资源分配装置1000,该装置1000可以是第一通信设备,该装置1000可以是第一控制节点,该装置1000可以是第二控制节点。该装置1000包括:获取单元1100、确定单元1200和收发单元1300,Please refer to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a resource allocation apparatus 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 1000 may be a first communication device, the apparatus 1000 may be a first control node, and the apparatus 1000 may be a second control node . The apparatus 1000 includes: an acquisition unit 1100, a determination unit 1200, and a transceiver unit 1300,
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置1000用于执行上述资源分配方法中第一通信设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the first communication device in the above resource allocation method.
获取单元1100,用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;Obtaining unit 1100, configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node ;
确定单元1200,用于根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;a determining unit 1200, configured to determine the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
可选的,收发单元1300,用于接收来自所述第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;Optionally, the transceiver unit 1300 is configured to receive first configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
在所述确定第一子载波集合的位置信息方面,所述确定单元1200具体用于:基于所述第一配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。In the aspect of determining the location information of the first subcarrier set, the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
可选的,所述超帧包括i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。Optionally, the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, and the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, C link symbols and T link symbols. Gap symbols are included between the channel symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols time domain location.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。Optionally, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links. When the symbol or all of the symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
可选的,所述确定单元1200还用于:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Optionally, the determining unit 1200 is further configured to: determine a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, and the C link direction is the first subcarrier direction. A direction in which a control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T link direction is a direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
可选的,所述收发单元1300还用于:接收来自第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向;Optionally, the transceiver unit 1300 is further configured to: receive second configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission of the first subcarrier set direction;
在确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向方面,所述确定单元1200具体用于:基于所述第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。In terms of determining the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set based on the second configuration information.
可选的,所述超帧中全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。Optionally, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames in the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the k radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction. The transmission direction is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction; in the case that the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are part of the T link symbols, or all the T link symbols, all the super The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the frame is the T link direction.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。Optionally, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
可选的,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。Optionally, the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
可选的,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。Optionally, the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。Optionally, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one. When the transmission directions of the superframes are different, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
可选的,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。Optionally, the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device In the case where the first subcarrier set is occupied in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。Optionally, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。Optionally, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of one subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置1000用于执行上述资源分配方法中第一控制节点对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the first control node in the above resource allocation method.
获取单元1100,用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;Obtaining unit 1100, configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node ;
确定单元1200,用于根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;a determining unit 1200, configured to determine the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
可选的,收发单元1300,用于接收来自所述第二控制节点的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;Optionally, the transceiver unit 1300 is configured to receive first configuration information from the second control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
在所述确定第一子载波集合的位置信息方面,所述确定单元1200具体用于:基于所述第一配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。In the aspect of determining the location information of the first subcarrier set, the determining unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the first subcarrier set based on the first configuration information.
可选的,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,所述C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;在所述子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。Optionally, the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes multiple time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols A Gap symbol is included between the T link symbol and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbol The time domain location of the symbol.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。Optionally, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or part of the time domain positions corresponding to the set of subcarriers are T link symbols or In the case of all T-link symbols, the position information further includes the C-link symbols or the symbol positions of the T-link symbols.
可选的,所述确定单元还用于:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向为所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Optionally, the determining unit is further configured to: determine a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, and the C link direction is the first The direction in which the control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
可选的,所述超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。Optionally, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link. The transmission direction of the set is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。Optionally, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
可选的,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。Optionally, the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
可选的,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。Optionally, the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
可选的,所述收发单元1300还用于:向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一配置信息和/或第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1300 is further configured to: send the first configuration information and/or the second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first subcarrier The transfer direction of the collection.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。Optionally, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one. When the transmission directions of the superframes are different, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
可选的,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。Optionally, the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device In the case where the first subcarrier set is occupied in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。Optionally, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。Optionally, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of one subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置1000用于执行上述资源分配方法中第二控制节点对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the second control node in the above resource allocation method.
收发单元1300,用于向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;A transceiver unit 1300, configured to send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, the first configuration information a set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
可选的,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。Optionally, the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols and T Gap symbols are included between link symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols The time domain location of the symbol.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。Optionally, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links. When the symbol or all of the symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
可选的,所述收发单元1300还用于:向所述第一通信设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1300 is further configured to: send second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。Optionally, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link. The transmission direction of the set is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符 号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission directions of the subcarrier sets of all the superframes are: T link direction.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。Optionally, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one. When the transmission directions of the superframes are different, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
可选的,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。Optionally, the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device In the case where the first subcarrier set is occupied in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。Optionally, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。Optionally, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of one subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold.
应理解,这里的装置1000以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置1000可以具体为上述实施例中的第一通信设备、第一控制节点和第二控制节点,装置1000可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一通信设备、第一控制节点和第二控制节点对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus 1000 herein is embodied in the form of functional units. The term "unit" as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group of processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 1000 may be specifically the first communication device, the first control node, and the second control node in the foregoing embodiments, and the apparatus 1000 may be used to execute the foregoing method embodiments The respective processes and/or steps corresponding to the first communication device, the first control node, and the second control node are not repeated here in order to avoid repetition.
上述各个方案的装置1000具有实现上述方法中第一通信设备、第一控制节点和第二控制节点执行的相应步骤的功能;所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如确定单元可以由处理器替代,收发单元可以由发射机和接收机替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 1000 of each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the first communication device, the first control node and the second control node in the above method; the functions can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software in hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the determination unit may be replaced by a processor, and the transceiver unit may be replaced by a transmitter and a receiver, which respectively perform the transceiver operations in each method embodiment and related functions. processing operations.
在本申请的实施例,图10中的装置1000也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。对应的,收发单元可以是该芯片的收发电路,在此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the apparatus 1000 in FIG. 10 may also be a chip or a system of chips, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC). Correspondingly, the transceiver unit may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited herein.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的一种计算机设备,该计算机设备包括处理器、存储器、收发器以及一个或多个程序,其中,上述一个或多个程序被存储在上述存储器中,并且被配置由上述处理器执行。FIG. 11 shows a computer device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The computer device includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory, and is configured to be executed by the aforementioned processor.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该计算机设备为第一通信设备,上述程序包括用于执行以下步骤的指令:In a possible implementation, the computer device is a first communication device, and the above-mentioned program includes instructions for executing the following steps:
获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;obtaining location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:接收来自所述第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;Optionally, the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: receiving first configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
在所述根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置方面,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:基于所述第一配置信息中的位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。In the aspect of determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information, the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: determining the first set of subcarriers based on the location information in the first configuration information. Location information for a set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述超帧包括i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;在所述第一子载波集 合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。Optionally, the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, and the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, C link symbols and T link symbols. Gap symbols are included between the channel symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols time domain location.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。Optionally, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links. When the symbol or all of the symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Optionally, the program includes an instruction for further performing the following steps: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:接收来自第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向;Optionally, the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: receiving second configuration information from a second control node or the first control node, where the second configuration information is used to determine the first sub-node the transmission direction of the carrier set;
在确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向方面,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:基于所述第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。In terms of determining the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers, the program includes instructions for further performing the step of: determining the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers based on the second configuration information.
所述超帧中全部无线帧的所述子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The transmission directions of the subcarrier sets of all radio frames in the superframe are either the C link direction or the T link direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the k radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction. The transmission direction is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
可选的,在所述子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;在所述子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the subcarrier set are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The transmission direction of the subcarrier is the C link direction; when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the T link direction.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。Optionally, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
可选的,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。Optionally, the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
可选的,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。Optionally, the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。Optionally, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one. When the transmission directions of the superframes are different, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
可选的,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。Optionally, the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device In the case where the first subcarrier set is occupied in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。Optionally, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。Optionally, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of one subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,该计算机设备为第一控制节点,上述程序包括用于执行以下步骤的指令:In another possible implementation manner, the computer device is a first control node, and the above-mentioned program includes instructions for executing the following steps:
获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;obtaining location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:接收来自所述第二控制节点的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;Optionally, the program includes instructions for performing the following steps: receiving first configuration information from the second control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
在所述根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置方面,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:基于所述第一配置信息中的位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置。In the aspect of determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information, the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: determining the first set of subcarriers based on the location information in the first configuration information. The location of a set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,所述C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。Optionally, the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes multiple time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols A Gap symbol is included between the symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information also includes the The time domain position of the Gap symbol.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。Optionally, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links. When the symbol or all of the symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向为所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Optionally, the program includes an instruction for further performing the following steps: determining a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes a C link direction or a T link direction, the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device, and the T-link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
可选的,所述超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。Optionally, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link. The transmission direction of the set is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
在所述子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes are: T link direction.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。Optionally, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the time length for sending the OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
可选的,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。Optionally, the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
可选的,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。Optionally, the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一配置信息和/或第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Optionally, the program includes instructions for further performing the following steps: sending the first configuration information and/or second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the The transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。Optionally, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one. When the transmission directions of the superframes are different, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
可选的,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。Optionally, the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device In the case where the first subcarrier set is occupied in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。Optionally, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。Optionally, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of a subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold
在另一种可能的实现方式中,该计算机设备为第二控制节点,上述程序包括用于执行以下步骤的指 令:In another possible implementation, the computer device is a second control node, and the above-mentioned program includes instructions for executing the following steps:
向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;Send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the first set of subcarriers. Communication of a system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
可选的,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。Optionally, the time domain location information includes location information of the first subcarrier set in the superframe.
可选的,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。Optionally, the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
可选的,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。Optionally, the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time domain symbols, the time domain symbols are C link symbols or T link symbols, and the C link symbols and T Gap symbols are included between link symbols, and the i is a positive integer; when part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the location information also includes the Gap symbols The time domain location of the symbol.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。Optionally, part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are C link symbols, or, part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are T links. When the symbol or all of the symbols are T-link symbols, the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C-link symbols or the T-link symbols.
可选的,所述程序包括还用于执行以下步骤的指令:向所述第一通信设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Optionally, the program includes an instruction further configured to perform the following step: sending second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。Optionally, the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
可选的,所述超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。Optionally, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the m radio frames in the superframe is the C link direction, and the first subcarrier on the k radio frames in the superframe is in the direction of the C link. The transmission direction of the set is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;Optionally, when part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first set of subcarriers are the C link symbols, or all of them are the C link symbols, the first subcarriers of all the superframes are The transmission direction of the carrier set is the C link direction;
在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。Optionally, the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first communication device and/or the first control node in the superframe is the same as that of the next one. When the transmission directions of the superframes are different, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
可选的,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。Optionally, the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in part of the superframe, or the second control node and/or the second communication device In the case where the first subcarrier set is occupied in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, the The first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second set of subcarriers is the set of subcarriers in the superframe occupied by the second control node and/or the second communication device.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。Optionally, a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
可选的,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。Optionally, the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
可选的,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。Optionally, when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, any one of the first subcarrier set The difference between the transmit power of one subcarrier and the transmit power of any subcarrier in the second set of subcarriers is less than a preset threshold.
应理解,该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。It should be understood that the memory may include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory may also store device type information.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,上述装置的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the processor of the above device may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and the like. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件单元组合执行完成。软件单元可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器执行存储器中的指令,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor. The software unit may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如上述方法实施例中计算机设备所描述的部分或全部步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the computer program in the foregoing method embodiment. Some or all of the steps described by the device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,其中,所述计算机程序产品包括存储了计算机程序的非瞬时性计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如上述方法中计算机设备所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the computer program in the above method. Some or all of the steps described by the device. The computer program product may be a software installation package.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that, in combination with the method steps and units described in the embodiments disclosed herein, they can be implemented in electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of the two. Interchangeability, the steps and components of the various embodiments have been generally described in terms of functions in the above description. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Persons of ordinary skill in the art may use different methods of implementing the described functionality for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application are essentially or part of contributions to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换,这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of various equivalents within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. Modifications or substitutions shall be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (116)

  1. 一种资源分配方法,其特征在于,应用于第一通信设备,所述方法包括:A resource allocation method, characterized in that, applied to a first communication device, the method comprising:
    获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;obtaining location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
    根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
    其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the time domain location information comprises location information of the first subcarrier set in a superframe.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    第一通信设备接收来自所述第一控制设备或第二控制设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;the first communication device receives first configuration information from the first control device or the second control device, the first configuration information including the location information;
    所述根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置,包括:The determining the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information includes:
    基于所述第一配置信息中的位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置。Based on the location information in the first configuration information, the location of the first set of subcarriers is determined.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述超帧包括i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-links symbol or T link symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。When part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein a part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or the first subcarrier set is C link symbols. When the time domain positions corresponding to a subcarrier set are partly or entirely T link symbols, the position information further includes the C link symbols or the symbol positions of the T link symbols.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes the C link direction or the T link direction, and the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device. direction, the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向;receiving second configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers;
    所述确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,包括:The determining the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set includes:
    基于所述第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。The transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers is determined based on the second configuration information.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,超帧中全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames in the superframe is a C link direction or a T link direction.
  10. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,超帧中m个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of m radio frames in a superframe is the C link direction, and k in the superframe The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the radio frames is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  11. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein part of the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C-link symbol, or all of the C-link symbols are part of the time domain position. In this case, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all superframes is the C link direction;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  12. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, the time length for sending an OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。The method according to claim 12, wherein the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the first communication device and/or the first controller In the case where the transmission direction of the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first subcarrier set is located in any superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame. A Gap symbol.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first set of subcarriers in a part of the superframe, or all When the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set. The transmission directions of the second subcarrier set are the same or different, the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second subcarrier set is the second control node and/or the second communication device Occupies a set of subcarriers in a superframe.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The method according to claim 16, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The method according to claim 16, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are consecutive in frequency domain.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The method according to claim 18, wherein, in the case that the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C-link symbols or T-link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is smaller than a preset threshold.
  20. 一种资源分配方法,其特征在于,应用于第一控制节点,所述方法包括:A resource allocation method, characterized in that, applied to a first control node, the method comprising:
    获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;obtaining location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
    根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;determining the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
    其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。The method according to claim 20, wherein the time domain location information comprises location information of the first subcarrier set in a superframe.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  23. 根据权利要求20-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20-22, wherein the method further comprises:
    第一控制节点接收来自第二控制设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;the first control node receives first configuration information from the second control device, the first configuration information includes the location information;
    所述根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置,包括:The determining the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information includes:
    基于所述第一配置信息中的位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置。Based on the location information in the first configuration information, the location of the first set of subcarriers is determined.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,所述C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-chains a channel symbol or a T link symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。When part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  25. 根据权利要求20-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号;或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。The method according to any one of claims 20-24, wherein part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols; When the time domain positions corresponding to a set of subcarriers are partially or entirely T link symbols, the position information further includes the symbol positions of the C link symbols or the T link symbols.
  26. 根据权利要求20-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20-25, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向为所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes the C link direction or the T link direction, and the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device. direction, where the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  27. 根据权利要求20-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The method according to any one of claims 20-26, wherein the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe is a C link direction or a T link direction.
  28. 根据权利要求20-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。The method according to any one of claims 20-26, wherein the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers on m radio frames in a superframe is the C link direction, and in the superframe The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the k radio frames is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  29. 根据权利要求20-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;The method according to any one of claims 20-26, wherein part of the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C-link symbol, or all of the C-link symbols are In this case, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all superframes is the C link direction;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  30. 根据权利要求20-26任一项的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。The method according to any one of claims 20-26, characterized in that, in the case that the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, the time length for sending an OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。The method according to claim 30, wherein the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。The method according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  33. 根据权利要求20-32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20-32, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一配置信息和/或第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Sending the first configuration information and/or the second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  34. 根据权利要求20-33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。The method according to any one of claims 20-33, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the first communication device and/or the first controller In the case where the transmission direction of the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first subcarrier set is located in any superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame. A Gap symbol.
  35. 根据权利要求20-34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。The method according to any one of claims 20-34, wherein the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first set of subcarriers in part of the superframe, or all When the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set. The transmission directions of the second subcarrier set are the same or different, the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second subcarrier set is the second control node and/or the second communication device Occupies a set of subcarriers in a superframe.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The method of claim 35, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The method according to claim 35, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are consecutive in frequency domain.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The method according to claim 37, wherein when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C link symbols or T link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is smaller than a preset threshold.
  39. 一种资源分配方法,其特征在于,应用于第二控制节点,所述方法包括:A resource allocation method, characterized in that being applied to a second control node, the method comprising:
    向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;Send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, and the first set of subcarriers is used for the first set of subcarriers. Communication of a system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
    其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波 集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。The method according to claim 39, wherein the time domain location information comprises location information of the first subcarrier set in a superframe.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  42. 根据权利要求39-41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The method according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-chains A channel symbol or a T link symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。When part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  43. 根据权利要求39-41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。The method according to any one of claims 39-41, wherein part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C-link symbols, or the first sub-carrier set is C-link symbols. When the time domain positions corresponding to a subcarrier set are partly or entirely T link symbols, the position information further includes the C link symbols or the symbol positions of the T link symbols.
  44. 根据权利要求39-43任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 39-43, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述第一通信设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Send second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  45. 根据权利要求39-44任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The method according to any one of claims 39-44, wherein the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe is a C link direction or a T link direction.
  46. 根据权利要求39-44任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。The method according to any one of claims 39-44, wherein the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers on m radio frames in a superframe is the C link direction, and in the superframe The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the k radio frames is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  47. 根据权利要求39-44任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;The method according to any one of claims 39-44, wherein part of the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C-link symbol, or all of the C-link symbols are In this case, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all superframes is the C link direction;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  48. 根据权利要求39-47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。The method according to any one of claims 39-47, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the first communication device and/or the first controller When the transmission direction of the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame. symbol.
  49. 根据权利要求39-48任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。The method according to any one of claims 39-48, wherein the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first set of subcarriers in a part of the superframe, or all When the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set. The transmission directions of the second subcarrier set are the same or different, the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second subcarrier set is the second control node and/or the second communication device Occupies a set of subcarriers in a superframe.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The method of claim 49, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  51. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The method according to claim 49, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are consecutive in the frequency domain.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The method according to claim 51, wherein when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C-link symbols or T-link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is smaller than a preset threshold.
  53. 一种无线通信系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括第一系统和第二系统,所述第一系统包括第一控制节点和至少一个第一通信设备,所述第二系统包括第二控制节点和至少一个第二通信设备;A wireless communication system, characterized in that the system includes a first system and a second system, the first system includes a first control node and at least one first communication device, and the second system includes a second control node and at least one second communication device;
    所述第二控制节点用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息和/或第二子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第二子载波集合用于第二系统的通信;The second control node is configured to acquire location information of a first subcarrier set and/or location information of a second subcarrier set, the first subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system, and the second subcarrier set is used for communication of the first system. aggregate for communication with the second system;
    所述第一控制节点用于确定所述第一子载波集合的位置信息。The first control node is configured to determine location information of the first set of subcarriers.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的系统,其特征在于,所述超帧包括i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,所述C链路符号与所述T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The system according to claim 53, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-link symbols or T-link symbols symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一系统在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。When the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, and the transmission direction of the first system in the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first system The set of subcarriers is located in any Gap symbol in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame.
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的系统,其特征在于,在所述第二系统在部分超帧或全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号。The system according to claim 53 or 54, wherein when the second system occupies the first set of subcarriers in a part of the superframe or all of the superframes, on the first symbol, the The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as or different from the transmission direction of the second subcarrier set, and the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame.
  56. 根据权利要求53-55任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The system according to any one of claims 53-55, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  57. 根据权利要求53-55任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The system according to any one of claims 53-55, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are consecutive in the frequency domain.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的系统,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The system according to claim 57, wherein, in the case that the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C-link symbols or T-link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is smaller than a preset threshold.
  59. 一种资源分配装置,其特征在于,应用于的第一通信设备,所述装置包括:A resource allocation apparatus, characterized in that it is applied to a first communication device, and the apparatus includes:
    获取单元,用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
    确定单元,用于根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;a determining unit, configured to determine the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
    其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。The apparatus according to claim 59, wherein the time domain location information comprises location information of the first subcarrier set in a superframe.
  61. 根据权利要求59或60所述的装置,其特征在于,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。The apparatus according to claim 59 or 60, wherein the location information further comprises the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, wherein the N is a positive integer.
  62. 根据权利要求59-60任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 59-60, wherein the device further comprises:
    收发单元,用于接收来自所述第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;a transceiver unit, configured to receive first configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
    在所述根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置方面,所述确定单元具体用于:基于所述第一配置信息中的位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置。In the aspect of determining the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information, the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine the location of the first subcarrier set based on the location information in the first configuration information Location.
  63. 根据权利要求60-62任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述超帧包括i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The apparatus according to any one of claims 60-62, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-links symbol or T link symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。When part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  64. 根据权利要求59-62任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。The apparatus according to any one of claims 59 to 62, wherein part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or the first subcarrier set is C link symbols. When the time domain positions corresponding to a subcarrier set are partly or entirely T link symbols, the position information further includes the C link symbols or the symbol positions of the T link symbols.
  65. 根据权利要求59-64任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 59-64, wherein the determining unit is further configured to:
    确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路 方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes the C link direction or the T link direction, and the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device. direction, the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  66. 根据权利要求59-65任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 59-65, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    接收来自第二控制节点或所述第一控制节点的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向;receiving second configuration information from the second control node or the first control node, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers;
    在确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向方面,所述确定单元具体用于:基于所述第二配置信息确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。In terms of determining the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set based on the second configuration information.
  67. 根据权利要求59-66任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,超帧中全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The apparatus according to any one of claims 59-66, wherein the transmission directions of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames in the superframe are both the C link direction or the T link direction.
  68. 根据权利要求59-66任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,超帧中m个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。The apparatus according to any one of claims 59 to 66, wherein a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of m radio frames in a superframe is the C link direction, and k in the superframe The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of the radio frames is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of the m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  69. 根据权利要求59-66任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;The apparatus according to any one of claims 59-66, wherein a part of the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C-link symbol, or all of the C-link symbols are In this case, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all superframes is the C link direction;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  70. 根据权利要求59-66任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。The apparatus according to any one of claims 59-66, wherein, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is a Gap symbol, the time length for sending an OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。The apparatus according to claim 70, wherein the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  72. 根据权利要求70或71所述的装置,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。The apparatus according to claim 70 or 71, wherein the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  73. 根据权利要求59-72任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。The apparatus according to any one of claims 59-72, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first set of subcarriers is a Gap symbol, and the first communication device and/or the first controller In the case where the transmission direction of the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first subcarrier set is located in any superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame. A Gap symbol.
  74. 根据权利要求59-73任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。The apparatus according to any one of claims 59-73, wherein the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first set of subcarriers in a part of the superframe, or all When the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set. The transmission directions of the second subcarrier set are the same or different, the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second subcarrier set is the second control node and/or the second communication device Occupies a set of subcarriers in a superframe.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The apparatus of claim 74, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  76. 根据权利要求74所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The apparatus of claim 74, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The apparatus according to claim 76, wherein when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C-link symbols or T-link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is smaller than a preset threshold.
  78. 一种资源分配装置,其特征在于,应用于第一控制节点,所述装置包括:A resource allocation apparatus, characterized in that, applied to a first control node, the apparatus comprising:
    获取单元,用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,其中,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain location information of a first set of subcarriers, wherein the first set of subcarriers is used for communication of a first system, and the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
    确定单元,用于根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置;a determining unit, configured to determine the location of the first set of subcarriers according to the location information;
    其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波 集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。The apparatus according to claim 78, wherein the time domain location information comprises location information of the first subcarrier set in a superframe.
  80. 根据权利要求78或79所述的装置,其特征在于,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。The apparatus according to claim 78 or 79, wherein the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus of claim 80, wherein the apparatus further comprises:
    收发单元,用于接收来自所述第二控制节点的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述位置信息;a transceiver unit, configured to receive first configuration information from the second control node, where the first configuration information includes the location information;
    在所述根据所述位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置方面,所述确定单元具体用于:基于所述第一配置信息中的位置信息,确定所述第一子载波集合的位置。In the aspect of determining the location of the first subcarrier set according to the location information, the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine the location of the first subcarrier set based on the location information in the first configuration information Location.
  82. 根据权利要求79-81任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,所述C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The apparatus according to any one of claims 79-81, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-chains A channel symbol or a T link symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。When part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  83. 根据权利要求78-82任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。The apparatus according to any one of claims 78 to 82, wherein part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or the first subcarrier set is C link symbols. When the time domain positions corresponding to a subcarrier set are partly or entirely T link symbols, the position information further includes the C link symbols or the symbol positions of the T link symbols.
  84. 根据权利要求78-83任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 78-83, wherein the determining unit is further configured to:
    确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向,所述传输方向包括C链路方向或T链路方向,所述C链路方向为所述第一控制节点向所述第一通信设备发送数据的方向,所述T链路方向为所述第一通信设备向所述第一控制节点发送数据的方向。Determine the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set, where the transmission direction includes the C link direction or the T link direction, and the C link direction is the direction in which the first control node sends data to the first communication device. direction, where the T link direction is the direction in which the first communication device sends data to the first control node.
  85. 根据权利要求78-84任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The apparatus according to any one of claims 78 to 84, wherein the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe is a C link direction or a T link direction.
  86. 根据权利要求78-84任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。The apparatus according to any one of claims 78 to 84, wherein a transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers on m radio frames in a superframe is the C link direction, and in the superframe The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the k radio frames is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  87. 根据权利要求78-84任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;The apparatus according to any one of claims 78 to 84, wherein a part of the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C link symbol, or all of the C link symbols are part of the time domain position. In this case, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all superframes is the C link direction;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  88. 根据权利要求78-84任一项的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述Gap符号上发送OFDM符号的时间长度为L。The apparatus according to any one of claims 78 to 84, wherein, when the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the Gap symbol, the time length for sending an OFDM symbol on the Gap symbol is L.
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的装置,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号的时间长度L与所述Gap符号的时间长度相同。The apparatus according to claim 88, wherein the time length L of the OFDM symbol is the same as the time length of the Gap symbol.
  90. 根据权利要求88或89所述的装置,其特征在于,所述OFDM符号对应频域位置中承载有效数据的子载波集合中的子载波呈间隔分布。The apparatus according to claim 88 or 89, wherein the subcarriers in the set of subcarriers carrying valid data in the frequency domain position corresponding to the OFDM symbol are distributed at intervals.
  91. 根据权利要求78-90任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 78-90, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一通信设备发送所述第一配置信息和/或第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Sending the first configuration information and/or the second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  92. 根据权利要求78-91任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个所述超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。The apparatus according to any one of claims 78-91, wherein a time domain position corresponding to the first set of subcarriers is a Gap symbol, and the first communication device and/or the first controller In the case where the transmission direction of the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first subcarrier set is located in any superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame. A Gap symbol.
  93. 根据权利要求78-92任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。The apparatus according to any one of claims 78 to 92, wherein the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first set of subcarriers in part of the superframe, or all When the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set. The transmission directions of the second subcarrier set are the same or different, the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second subcarrier set is the second control node and/or the second communication device Occupies a set of subcarriers in a superframe.
  94. 根据权利要求93所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The apparatus of claim 93, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  95. 根据权利要求93所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The apparatus of claim 93, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The apparatus according to claim 95, wherein when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C-link symbols or T-link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is less than a preset threshold.
  97. 一种资源分配装置,其特征在于,应用于第二控制节点所述装置包括:A resource allocation apparatus, wherein the apparatus applied to the second control node comprises:
    收发单元,用于向所述第一控制节点和/或所述第一通信设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于获取第一子载波集合的位置信息,所述第一子载波集合用于第一系统的通信,所述第一系统包括所述第一通信设备和第一控制节点;a transceiver unit, configured to send first configuration information to the first control node and/or the first communication device, where the first configuration information is used to obtain location information of a first subcarrier set, the first subcarrier a carrier set is used for communication of a first system, the first system includes the first communication device and a first control node;
    其中,所述位置信息包括以下至少之一:所述第一子载波集合的时域位置信息和所述第一子载波集合的频域位置信息。The location information includes at least one of the following: time domain location information of the first subcarrier set and frequency domain location information of the first subcarrier set.
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域位置信息包括所述第一子载波集合在超帧中的位置信息。The apparatus according to claim 97, wherein the time domain location information comprises location information of the first subcarrier set in a superframe.
  99. 根据权利要求97或98所述的装置,其特征在于,所述位置信息还包括所述第一子载波集合中子载波的数量N,其中,所述N为正整数。The apparatus according to claim 97 or 98, wherein the location information further includes the number N of subcarriers in the first set of subcarriers, where N is a positive integer.
  100. 根据权利要求97-99任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述超帧包括个i个无线帧,每个所述无线帧包括多个时域符号,所述时域符号为C链路符号或T链路符号,C链路符号与T链路符号之间包括Gap符号,所述i为正整数;The apparatus according to any one of claims 97-99, wherein the superframe includes i radio frames, each of the radio frames includes a plurality of time-domain symbols, and the time-domain symbols are C-chains A channel symbol or a T link symbol, a Gap symbol is included between the C link symbol and the T link symbol, and the i is a positive integer;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分或全部为所述Gap符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括所述Gap符号的时域位置。When part or all of the time-domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the Gap symbols, the position information further includes the time-domain positions of the Gap symbols.
  101. 根据权利要求97-100任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为C链路符号或全部为C链路符号,或者,所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为T链路符号或全部为T链路符号的情况下,所述位置信息还包括C链路符号或所述T链路符号的符号位置。The apparatus according to any one of claims 97 to 100, wherein part or all of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are C link symbols, or the first subcarrier set is C link symbols. When the time domain positions corresponding to a subcarrier set are partly or entirely T link symbols, the position information further includes the C link symbols or the symbol positions of the T link symbols.
  102. 根据权利要求97-101任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 97-101, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一通信设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定所述第一子载波集合的传输方向。Send second configuration information to the first communication device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the transmission direction of the first set of subcarriers.
  103. 根据权利要求97-102任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,超帧的全部无线帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向均为C链路方向或T链路方向。The apparatus according to any one of claims 97-102, wherein the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all radio frames of the superframe is a C link direction or a T link direction.
  104. 根据权利要求97-102任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,超帧中m个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述C链路方向,所述超帧中k个无线帧上的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为所述T链路方向,所述m为正整数,所述k为正整数,所述m与k的和小于或等于所述i。The apparatus according to any one of claims 97-102, wherein a transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on m radio frames in a superframe is the C link direction, and in the superframe The transmission direction of the first subcarrier set on the k radio frames is the T link direction, the m is a positive integer, the k is a positive integer, and the sum of m and k is less than or equal to the i.
  105. 根据权利要求97-102任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述C链路符号,或全部为所述C链路符号的情况下,所有超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为C链路方向;The apparatus according to any one of claims 97-102, wherein a part of the time domain position corresponding to the first subcarrier set is the C-link symbol, or all of the C-link symbols are part of the time domain position. In this case, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set of all superframes is the C link direction;
    在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位置部分为所述T链路符号,或全部为所述T链路符号的情况下,所有所述超帧的所述第一子载波集合的传输方向为T链路方向。In the case that part of the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set are the T link symbols, or all of them are the T link symbols, the transmission of the first subcarrier set of all the superframes The direction is the T link direction.
  106. 根据权利要求97-102任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合对应的时域位 置为Gap符号,且所述第一通信设备和/或所述第一控制节点在所述超帧的传输方向与下一个超帧的传输方向不同的情况下,所述第一子载波集合位于所述超帧中除了最后一个无线帧的最后一个Gap符号外的任一Gap符号。The apparatus according to any one of claims 97-102, wherein the time domain position corresponding to the first set of subcarriers is a Gap symbol, and the first communication device and/or the first controller When the transmission direction of the superframe is different from the transmission direction of the next superframe, the first subcarrier set is located in any Gap in the superframe except the last Gap symbol of the last radio frame. symbol.
  107. 根据权利要求97-102任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在部分超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合,或者所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备在全部超帧中占用所述第一子载波集合的情况下,在第一符号上,所述第一子载波集合的传输方向与所述第二子载波集合的传输方向相同或不同,所述第一符号为无线帧中的任一OFDM符号,所述第二子载波集合为所述第二控制节点和/或所述第二通信设备占用超帧中的子载波集合。The apparatus according to any one of claims 97-102, wherein the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in a part of the superframe, or all When the second control node and/or the second communication device occupy the first subcarrier set in all superframes, on the first symbol, the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set is the same as the transmission direction of the first subcarrier set. The transmission directions of the second subcarrier set are the same or different, the first symbol is any OFDM symbol in the radio frame, and the second subcarrier set is the second control node and/or the second communication device Occupies a set of subcarriers in a superframe.
  108. 根据权利要求107所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合之间包括保护间隔。The apparatus of claim 107, wherein a guard interval is included between the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers.
  109. 根据权利要求107所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合在频域上连续。The apparatus of claim 107, wherein the first set of subcarriers and the second set of subcarriers are contiguous in the frequency domain.
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述第一子载波集合与所述第二子载波集合对应的时域位置均为C链路符号或T链路符号的情况下,所述第一子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率与所述第二子载波集合中的任一子载波的发送功率的差值小于预设门限。The apparatus according to claim 109, wherein when the time domain positions corresponding to the first subcarrier set and the second subcarrier set are both C-link symbols or T-link symbols, the The difference between the transmission power of any subcarrier in the first subcarrier set and the transmission power of any subcarrier in the second subcarrier set is smaller than a preset threshold.
  111. 一种第一通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备包括处理器、存储器、收发器,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求1-19任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A first communication device, characterized in that the first communication device includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are The configuration is performed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing steps in the method of any of claims 1-19.
  112. 一种第一控制节点,其特征在于,所述第一控制节点包括处理器、存储器、收发器,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求20-38任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A first control node, characterized in that the first control node includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are The configuration is performed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing the steps in the method of any of claims 20-38.
  113. 一种第二控制节点,其特征在于,所述第二控制节点包括处理器、存储器、收发器,以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求39-52任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A second control node, characterized in that the second control node includes a processor, a memory, a transceiver, and one or more programs, the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are The configuration is performed by the processor, the program comprising instructions for performing the steps in the method of any of claims 39-52.
  114. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-19任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-19 method.
  115. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求20-38任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 20-38 method.
  116. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求39-52任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program causes a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 39-52 method.
PCT/CN2020/105646 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 Resource allocation method and apparatus WO2022021167A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/105646 WO2022021167A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 Resource allocation method and apparatus
CN202080100893.0A CN115606284A (en) 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 Resource allocation method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/105646 WO2022021167A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 Resource allocation method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022021167A1 true WO2022021167A1 (en) 2022-02-03

Family

ID=80036999

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/105646 WO2022021167A1 (en) 2020-07-29 2020-07-29 Resource allocation method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115606284A (en)
WO (1) WO2022021167A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104734833A (en) * 2007-12-04 2015-06-24 蔚蓝公司 Intercell interference mitigation
CN106664517A (en) * 2014-09-18 2017-05-10 英特尔Ip公司 Device and method of supporting reduced data transmission bandwidth
CN108432322A (en) * 2016-01-08 2018-08-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal, wireless base station and wireless communications method
WO2018166048A1 (en) * 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for configuring transmission direction
CN110139247A (en) * 2018-02-08 2019-08-16 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The method and apparatus of physical channel transmission

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104734833A (en) * 2007-12-04 2015-06-24 蔚蓝公司 Intercell interference mitigation
CN106664517A (en) * 2014-09-18 2017-05-10 英特尔Ip公司 Device and method of supporting reduced data transmission bandwidth
CN108432322A (en) * 2016-01-08 2018-08-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal, wireless base station and wireless communications method
WO2018166048A1 (en) * 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for configuring transmission direction
CN110139247A (en) * 2018-02-08 2019-08-16 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 The method and apparatus of physical channel transmission

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115606284A (en) 2023-01-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102381712B1 (en) Communication method and communication device
EP3217701B1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and method
WO2018228270A1 (en) Measurement method, measurement configuration method, and related device
WO2020221318A1 (en) Uplink beam management method and apparatus
TW202013996A (en) Method for transmitting configuration information and terminal device
CN109479299A (en) V2X message method, apparatus and system
CN108024385A (en) Method, the network equipment and the user equipment of random access
WO2013071509A1 (en) Method and device for enhancing synchronization in heterogeneous network
TWI640215B (en) Methods and apparatus for cell access via anchor carrier
WO2012130139A1 (en) Method, system and device for subframe configuration information notification and subframe configuration
WO2018082575A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control signal
TW202008828A (en) Resource configuration method and terminal device
TW202008829A (en) Resource configuration method and terminal device
WO2021196965A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring measurement gap
TW201935942A (en) Information sending method and terminal
EP4017086A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2015042954A1 (en) Method for inter-station synchronization and base station
WO2022021167A1 (en) Resource allocation method and apparatus
CN107659979B (en) System message transmission method, system message receiving method and system message receiving equipment
WO2022141276A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus, information transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2021087886A1 (en) Timer setting method and related device
WO2019192451A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024031533A1 (en) Sidelink positioning method, terminal device and network device
US20230224889A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus, wireless communication system, and device and terminal
WO2024032208A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20947635

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20947635

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1